SemaDecl.cpp revision 8eead16398c003dc2a8be22f44e8c2d92af80479
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371} 372 373/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377/// @code 378/// template<class T> class A { 379/// public: 380/// typedef int TYPE; 381/// }; 382/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383/// public: 384/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385/// }; 386/// @endcode 387bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399} 400 401bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498} 499 500/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501/// or 502static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515} 516 517static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569} 570 571/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584} 585 586Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 862 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 863 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 864 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 865 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 866 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 867 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 868 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 869 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 870 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 871 return ParsedType::make(T); 872 } 873 } 874 875 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 876 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 877 878 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 880} 881 882// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 883// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 884// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 885DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 886 887 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 888 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 889 // the context we'll need to return to. 890 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 891 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 892 893 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 894 // lexical context. 895 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 896 return DC; 897 898 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 899 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 900 // class is the context we need to return to. 901 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 902 DC = RD; 903 904 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 905 // declared in. 906 return DC; 907 } 908 909 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 910} 911 912void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 913 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 915 CurContext = DC; 916 S->setEntity(DC); 917} 918 919void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 920 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 921 922 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 923 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 924} 925 926/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 927/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 928/// 929void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 930 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 931 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 932 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 933 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 934 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 935 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 936 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 937 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 938 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 939 // namespace. 940 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 941 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 942 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 943 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 944 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 945 946 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 947 948#ifndef NDEBUG 949 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 950 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 951 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 952#endif 953 954 CurContext = DC; 955 S->setEntity(DC); 956} 957 958void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 959 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 960 961 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 962 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 963 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 964 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 965 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 966 967 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 968 // disappear. 969} 970 971 972void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 973 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 974 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 975 // We assume that the caller has already called 976 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 977 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 978 } 979 if (!FD) 980 return; 981 982 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 983 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 984 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 985 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 986 CurContext = FD; 987 S->setEntity(CurContext); 988 989 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 990 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 991 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 992 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 993 S->AddDecl(Param); 994 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 995 } 996 } 997} 998 999 1000void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1001 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1002 // rather than the top-level class. 1003 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1004 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1005 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1006} 1007 1008 1009/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1010/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1011/// 1012/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1013/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1014/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1015/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1016/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1017/// attribute. 1018static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1019 ASTContext &Context) { 1020 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1021 return true; 1022 1023 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1024 return true; 1025 1026 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1027 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1028} 1029 1030/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1031void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1032 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1033 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1034 // scope. 1035 while (S->getEntity() && 1036 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1037 S = S->getParent(); 1038 1039 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1040 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1041 // into any context. 1042 if (AddToContext) 1043 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1044 1045 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1046 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1047 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1048 D->isOutOfLine() && 1049 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1050 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1054 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1055 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1056 return; 1057 1058 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1059 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1060 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1061 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1063 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1064 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 1066 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 S->AddDecl(D); 1072 1073 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1074 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1075 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1076 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1077 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1078 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1079 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1080 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1081 continue; 1082 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1083 break; 1084 } 1085 1086 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1087 } else { 1088 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1089 } 1090} 1091 1092void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1093 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1094 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1095} 1096 1097bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1098 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1099 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1100 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1101} 1102 1103Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1105 do { 1106 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1107 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1108 return S; 1109 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1110 1111 return 0; 1112} 1113 1114static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1115 DeclContext*, 1116 ASTContext&); 1117 1118/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1119/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1120void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1121 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1122 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1123 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1124 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1125 while (F.hasNext()) { 1126 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1127 1128 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1129 continue; 1130 1131 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1132 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1133 continue; 1134 1135 F.erase(); 1136 } 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139} 1140 1141static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1142 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1143 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1145} 1146 1147/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1148static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1149 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1150 while (F.hasNext()) 1151 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1152 F.erase(); 1153 1154 F.done(); 1155} 1156 1157/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1158/// @code 1159/// class S { 1160/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1161/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162/// }; 1163/// @endcode 1164static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1165 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1166 // the decl here. 1167 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1168 return false; 1169 1170 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1171 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1172 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1173 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1174 return false; 1175} 1176 1177// We need this to handle 1178// 1179// typedef struct { 1180// void *foo() { return 0; } 1181// } A; 1182// 1183// When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1184// for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1185// foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end 1186// of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage. 1187// Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1188// not. 1189bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1190 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1191 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1192 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1193 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1194 return true; 1195 } 1196 DC = DC->getParent(); 1197 } 1198 1199 return !D->hasExternalLinkage(); 1200} 1201 1202bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1203 assert(D); 1204 1205 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1206 return false; 1207 1208 // Ignore class templates. 1209 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1210 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1211 return false; 1212 1213 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1214 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1218 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1219 return false; 1220 } else { 1221 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1222 // Make sure we get the storage class from the canonical declaration, 1223 // since otherwise we will get spurious warnings on specialized 1224 // static template functions. 1225 if (FD->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1226 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1227 return false; 1228 } 1229 1230 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1231 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1232 return false; 1233 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1234 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1235 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1236 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1237 // intended to be used. 1238 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1239 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1240 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1241 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1242 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1243 return false; 1244 1245 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1246 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1247 return false; 1248 1249 } else { 1250 return false; 1251 } 1252 1253 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1254 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1255} 1256 1257void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1258 if (!D) 1259 return; 1260 1261 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1262 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1263 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1264 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1265 } 1266 1267 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1268 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1269 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1270 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1271 } 1272 1273 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1274 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1275} 1276 1277static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1278 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1279 return false; 1280 1281 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1282 return false; 1283 1284 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1285 return true; 1286 1287 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1288 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1289 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1290 return false; 1291 1292 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1293 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1294 1295 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1296 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1297 1298 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1299 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1300 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1301 return false; 1302 } 1303 1304 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1305 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1306 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1307 return false; 1308 1309 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1310 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1311 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1312 return false; 1313 1314 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1315 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1316 return false; 1317 1318 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1319 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1320 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1321 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1322 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1323 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1324 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1325 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1326 return false; 1327 } 1328 } 1329 } 1330 } 1331 1332 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1333 } 1334 1335 return true; 1336} 1337 1338static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1339 FixItHint &Hint) { 1340 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1341 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1342 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1343 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1344 return; 1345 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1346 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1347 } 1348 return; 1349} 1350 1351/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1352/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1353void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1354 FixItHint Hint; 1355 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1356 return; 1357 1358 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1359 1360 unsigned DiagID; 1361 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1362 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1363 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1364 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1365 else 1366 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1367 1368 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1369} 1370 1371static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1372 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1373 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1374 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1375 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1376 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1377} 1378 1379void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1380 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1381 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1382 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1383 1384 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1385 I != E; ++I) { 1386 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1387 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1388 1389 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1390 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1391 1392 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1393 1394 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1395 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1396 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1397 1398 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1399 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1400 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1401 1402 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1403 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1404 } 1405} 1406 1407void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1408 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1409} 1410 1411void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1412 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1413 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1414} 1415 1416/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1417/// 1418/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1419/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1420/// to the fixed name. 1421/// 1422/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1423/// 1424/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1425/// if there is no class with the given name. 1426/// 1427/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1428/// class could not be found. 1429ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1430 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1431 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1432 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1433 // creation from this context. 1434 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1435 1436 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1437 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1438 // find an Objective-C class name. 1439 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1440 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1441 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1442 Validator)) { 1443 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1444 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1445 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1446 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1447 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1448 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1449 1450 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1451 } 1452 } 1453 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1454 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1455 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1456 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1457 return Def; 1458} 1459 1460/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1461/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1462/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1463/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1464/// ill-formed in C++: 1465/// @code 1466/// struct S6 { 1467/// enum { BAR } e; 1468/// }; 1469/// 1470/// void test_S6() { 1471/// struct S6 a; 1472/// a.e = BAR; 1473/// } 1474/// @endcode 1475/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1476/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1477/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1478/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1479/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1480/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1481/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1482/// contain non-field names. 1483Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1484 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1485 (S->getEntity() && 1486 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1487 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1488 S = S->getParent(); 1489 return S; 1490} 1491 1492/// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1493/// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1494/// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1495/// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1496static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1497 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1498 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1499 return; 1500 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1501 1502 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1503 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1504 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1505 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1506 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1507 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1508} 1509 1510/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1511/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1512/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1513/// built-in. 1514NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1515 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1516 SourceLocation Loc) { 1517 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1518 1519 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1520 1521 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1522 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1523 switch (Error) { 1524 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1525 // Okay 1526 break; 1527 1528 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1529 if (ForRedeclaration) 1530 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1531 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1532 return 0; 1533 1534 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1535 if (ForRedeclaration) 1536 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1537 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1538 return 0; 1539 1540 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1541 if (ForRedeclaration) 1542 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1543 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1544 return 0; 1545 } 1546 1547 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1548 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1549 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1550 << R; 1551 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1552 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1553 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1554 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1555 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1556 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1557 } 1558 1559 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1560 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1561 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1562 SC_Extern, 1563 false, 1564 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1565 New->setImplicit(); 1566 1567 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1568 // FunctionDecl. 1569 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1570 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1571 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1572 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1573 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1574 SourceLocation(), 0, 1575 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1576 SC_None, 0); 1577 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1578 Params.push_back(parm); 1579 } 1580 New->setParams(Params); 1581 } 1582 1583 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1584 1585 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1586 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1587 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1588 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1589 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1590 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1591 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1592 CurContext = SavedContext; 1593 return New; 1594} 1595 1596/// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1597/// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1598/// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1599/// entity. 1600static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1601 NamedDecl *decl, 1602 LookupResult &previous){ 1603 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1604 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1605 return; 1606 1607 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1608 if (previous.empty()) 1609 return; 1610 1611 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1612 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1613 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1614 1615 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1616 if (!old->isHidden()) 1617 continue; 1618 1619 if (old->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 1620 filter.erase(); 1621 } 1622 1623 filter.done(); 1624} 1625 1626bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1627 QualType OldType; 1628 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1629 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1630 else 1631 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1632 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1633 1634 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1635 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1636 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1637 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1638 << Kind << NewType; 1639 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1640 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1641 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1642 return true; 1643 } 1644 1645 if (OldType != NewType && 1646 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1647 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1648 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1649 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1650 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1651 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1652 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1653 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1654 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1655 return true; 1656 } 1657 return false; 1658} 1659 1660/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1661/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1662/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1663/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1664/// 1665void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1666 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1667 // merging checks. 1668 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1669 1670 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1671 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1672 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1673 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1674 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1675 default: break; 1676 case 2: 1677 { 1678 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1679 break; 1680 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1681 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1682 break; 1683 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1684 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1685 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1686 break; 1687 } 1688 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1689 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1690 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1691 return; 1692 } 1693 case 5: 1694 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1695 break; 1696 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1697 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1698 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1699 return; 1700 case 3: 1701 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1702 break; 1703 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1704 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1705 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1706 return; 1707 } 1708 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1709 } 1710 1711 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1712 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1713 if (!Old) { 1714 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1715 << New->getDeclName(); 1716 1717 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1718 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1719 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1720 1721 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1722 } 1723 1724 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1725 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1726 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1727 1728 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1729 // with any extensions enabled. 1730 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1731 return; 1732 1733 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1734 // declaration was a typedef. 1735 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1736 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1737 1738 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1739 return; 1740 1741 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1742 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1743 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1744 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1745 // to the type to which it already refers. 1746 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1747 return; 1748 1749 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1750 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1751 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1752 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1753 // 1754 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1755 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1756 // 1757 // struct S { 1758 // typedef struct A { } A; 1759 // }; 1760 // 1761 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1762 // allow the above but disallow 1763 // 1764 // struct S { 1765 // typedef int I; 1766 // typedef int I; 1767 // }; 1768 // 1769 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1770 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1771 return; 1772 1773 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1774 << New->getDeclName(); 1775 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1776 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1777 } 1778 1779 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1780 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1781 return; 1782 1783 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1784 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1785 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1786 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1787 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1788 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1789 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1790 return; 1791 1792 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1793 << New->getDeclName(); 1794 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1795 return; 1796} 1797 1798/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1799/// attribute. 1800static bool 1801DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1802 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1803 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1804 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1805 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1806 if (AA) 1807 return false; 1808 1809 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1810 switch (A->getKind()) { 1811 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1812 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1813 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1814 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1815 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1816 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1817 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1818 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1819 case attr::GuardedBy: 1820 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1821 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1822 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1823 return false; 1824 default: 1825 ; 1826 } 1827 1828 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1829 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1830 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1831 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1832 if (Ann) { 1833 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1834 return true; 1835 continue; 1836 } 1837 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1838 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1839 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1840 return true; 1841 } 1842 1843 return false; 1844} 1845 1846static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1847 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1848 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1849 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1850 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1851 return true; 1852} 1853 1854/// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1855/// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1856/// 1857/// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1858static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1859 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1860 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1861 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1862 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1863 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1864 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1865 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1866 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1867 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1868 // in a case like: 1869 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1870 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1871 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1872 // definition in such a case. 1873 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1874 return false; 1875 1876 if (I->isAlignas()) 1877 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1878 1879 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1880 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1881 OldAlign = Align; 1882 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1883 } 1884 } 1885 1886 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1887 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1888 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1889 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1890 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1891 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1892 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1893 return false; 1894 1895 if (I->isAlignas()) 1896 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1897 1898 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1899 if (Align > NewAlign) 1900 NewAlign = Align; 1901 } 1902 1903 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1904 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1905 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1906 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1907 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1908 1909 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1910 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1911 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1912 QualType Ty; 1913 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1914 Ty = VD->getType(); 1915 else 1916 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1917 1918 if (OldAlign == 0) 1919 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1920 if (NewAlign == 0) 1921 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1922 } 1923 1924 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1925 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1926 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1927 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1928 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1929 } 1930 } 1931 1932 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1933 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1934 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1935 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1936 // equivalent alignment. 1937 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1938 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1939 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1940 // have no alignment specifier. 1941 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1942 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1943 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1944 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1945 } 1946 1947 bool AnyAdded = false; 1948 1949 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1950 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1951 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1952 Clone->setInherited(true); 1953 New->addAttr(Clone); 1954 AnyAdded = true; 1955 } 1956 1957 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1958 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1959 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1960 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1961 Clone->setInherited(true); 1962 New->addAttr(Clone); 1963 AnyAdded = true; 1964 } 1965 1966 return AnyAdded; 1967} 1968 1969static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1970 bool Override) { 1971 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1972 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1973 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1974 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1975 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1976 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1977 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1978 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1979 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1980 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1981 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1982 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1983 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1984 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1985 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1986 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1987 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1988 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1989 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1990 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1991 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1992 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1993 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1994 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1995 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1996 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1997 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1998 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 1999 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2000 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2001 NewAttr = 0; 2002 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2003 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2004 2005 if (NewAttr) { 2006 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2007 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2008 return true; 2009 } 2010 2011 return false; 2012} 2013 2014static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2015 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2016 return TD->getDefinition(); 2017 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2018 return VD->getDefinition(); 2019 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2020 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2021 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 2022 return Def; 2023 } 2024 return NULL; 2025} 2026 2027static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2028 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2029 I != E; ++I) { 2030 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2031 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2032 return true; 2033 } 2034 return false; 2035} 2036 2037/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2038/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2039static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2040 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2041 return; 2042 2043 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2044 if (!Def || Def == New) 2045 return; 2046 2047 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2048 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2049 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2050 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2051 ++I; 2052 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2053 } 2054 2055 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2056 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2057 ++I; 2058 continue; 2059 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2060 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2061 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2062 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2063 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2064 // equivalent alignment. 2065 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2066 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2067 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2068 // have no alignment specifier. 2069 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2070 << AA->isC11(); 2071 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2072 << AA->isC11(); 2073 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2074 --E; 2075 continue; 2076 } 2077 } 2078 2079 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2080 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2081 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2082 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2083 --E; 2084 } 2085} 2086 2087/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2088void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2089 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2090 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2091 return; 2092 2093 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2094 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2095 2096 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2097 return; 2098 2099 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2100 2101 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2102 // we process them. 2103 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2104 2105 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2106 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2107 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2108 i != e; ++i) { 2109 bool Override = false; 2110 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2111 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2112 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2113 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2114 switch (AMK) { 2115 case AMK_None: 2116 continue; 2117 2118 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2119 break; 2120 2121 case AMK_Override: 2122 Override = true; 2123 break; 2124 } 2125 } 2126 2127 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2128 foundAny = true; 2129 } 2130 2131 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2132 foundAny = true; 2133 2134 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2135} 2136 2137/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2138/// to the new one. 2139static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2140 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2141 Sema &S) { 2142 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2143 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2144 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2145 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2146 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2147 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2148 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2149 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2150 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2151 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2152 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2153 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration(); 2154 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2155 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2156 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2157 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2158 } 2159 2160 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2161 return; 2162 2163 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2164 2165 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2166 // done before we process them. 2167 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2168 2169 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2170 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2171 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2172 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2173 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2174 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2175 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2176 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2177 foundAny = true; 2178 } 2179 } 2180 2181 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2182} 2183 2184namespace { 2185 2186/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2187/// C. 2188struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2189 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2190 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2191 QualType PromotedType; 2192}; 2193 2194} 2195 2196/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2197Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2198 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2199 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2200 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2201 2202 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2203 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2204 2205 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2206 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2207 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2208 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2209 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2210 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2211 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2212 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2213 } 2214 2215 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2216} 2217 2218/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2219/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2220/// GNU89 mode. 2221static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2222 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2223 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2224 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2225 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2226 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2227} 2228 2229/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2230/// declaration? 2231static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2232 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2233 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2234 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2235 } else { 2236 // Free C function or a static method. 2237 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2238 } 2239 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2240} 2241 2242template <typename T> 2243static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2244 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2245 if (DC->isRecord()) 2246 return false; 2247 2248 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2249 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && 2250 New->getDeclContext()->isExternCContext()) 2251 return true; 2252 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && 2253 New->getDeclContext()->isExternCXXContext()) 2254 return true; 2255 return false; 2256} 2257 2258/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2259/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2260/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2261/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2262/// 2263/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2264/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2265/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2266/// merged with. 2267/// 2268/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2269bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2270 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2271 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2272 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2273 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2274 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2275 else 2276 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2277 if (!Old) { 2278 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2279 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2280 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2281 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2282 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2283 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2284 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2285 return true; 2286 } 2287 2288 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2289 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2290 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2291 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2292 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2293 return true; 2294 } 2295 2296 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2297 << New->getDeclName(); 2298 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2299 return true; 2300 } 2301 2302 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2303 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2304 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2305 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2306 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2307 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2308 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2309 else 2310 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2311 2312 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2313 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2314 2315 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2316 // is an extern inline function. 2317 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2318 // storage classes. 2319 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2320 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2321 isExternalLinkage(Old->getLinkage()) && 2322 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2323 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2324 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2325 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2326 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2327 } else { 2328 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2329 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2330 return true; 2331 } 2332 } 2333 2334 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2335 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2336 // calling convention of the first. 2337 // 2338 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2339 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2340 // 2341 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2342 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2343 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2344 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2345 // because it is the default calling convention. 2346 // 2347 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2348 // other tests to run. 2349 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2350 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2351 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2352 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2353 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2354 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2355 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2356 2357 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2358 // there but not here. 2359 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2360 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2361 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2362 2363 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2364 // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct 2365 // information about storage class of CXXMethod. 2366 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2367 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) { 2368 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2369 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2370 2371 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2372 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2373 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2374 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2375 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2376 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2377 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2378 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2379 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2380 return true; 2381 } 2382 2383 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2384 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2385 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2386 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2387 } 2388 2389 // Merge regparm attribute. 2390 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2391 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2392 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2393 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2394 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2395 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2396 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2397 return true; 2398 } 2399 2400 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2401 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2402 } 2403 2404 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2405 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2406 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2407 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2408 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2409 return true; 2410 } 2411 2412 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2413 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2414 } 2415 2416 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2417 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2418 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2419 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2420 } 2421 2422 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2423 // UndefinedButUsed. 2424 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2425 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2426 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2427 Old->isUsed(false) && 2428 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2429 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2430 SourceLocation())); 2431 2432 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2433 // about it. 2434 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2435 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2436 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2437 } 2438 2439 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2440 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2441 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2442 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2443 // cannot be overloaded. 2444 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2445 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2446 QualType ResQT; 2447 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2448 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2449 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2450 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2451 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2452 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2453 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2454 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2455 else 2456 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2457 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2458 return true; 2459 } 2460 else 2461 NewQType = ResQT; 2462 } 2463 2464 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2465 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2466 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2467 // Preserve triviality. 2468 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2469 2470 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2471 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2472 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2473 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2474 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2475 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2476 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2477 2478 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2479 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2480 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2481 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2482 // is a static member function declaration. 2483 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2484 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2485 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2486 return true; 2487 } 2488 2489 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2490 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2491 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2492 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2493 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2494 unsigned NewDiag; 2495 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2496 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2497 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2498 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2499 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2500 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2501 else 2502 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2503 2504 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2505 } else { 2506 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2507 << New << New->getType(); 2508 } 2509 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2510 2511 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2512 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2513 // 2514 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2515 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2516 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2517 if (isFriend) { 2518 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2519 } else { 2520 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2521 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2522 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2523 return true; 2524 } 2525 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2526 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2527 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2528 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2529 return true; 2530 } 2531 } 2532 2533 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2534 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2535 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2536 // attribute. 2537 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2538 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2539 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2540 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2541 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2542 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2543 } 2544 2545 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2546 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2547 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2548 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2549 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2550 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2551 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2552 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2553 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2554 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2555 } 2556 2557 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2558 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2559 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2560 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2561 2562 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2563 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2564 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2565 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2566 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2567 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2568 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2569 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2570 } 2571 2572 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2573 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2574 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2575 return true; 2576 } 2577 2578 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2579 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2580 2581 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2582 } 2583 2584 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2585 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2586 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2587 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2588 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2589 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2590 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2591 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2592 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2593 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2594 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2595 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2596 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2597 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2598 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2599 ParamTypes, 2600 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2601 New->setType(NewQType); 2602 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2603 2604 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2605 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2606 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2607 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2608 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2609 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2610 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2611 SourceLocation(), 2612 SourceLocation(), 0, 2613 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2614 SC_None, 2615 0); 2616 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2617 Param->setImplicit(); 2618 Params.push_back(Param); 2619 } 2620 2621 New->setParams(Params); 2622 } 2623 2624 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2625 } 2626 2627 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2628 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2629 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2630 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2631 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2632 // the prototype. 2633 // 2634 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2635 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2636 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2637 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2638 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2639 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2640 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2641 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2642 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2643 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2644 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2645 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2646 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2647 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2648 2649 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2650 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2651 NewProto->getResultType()); 2652 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2653 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2654 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2655 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2656 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2657 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2658 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2659 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2660 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2661 NewParm->getType(), 2662 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2663 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2664 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2665 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2666 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2667 } else 2668 LooseCompatible = false; 2669 } 2670 2671 if (LooseCompatible) { 2672 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2673 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2674 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2675 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2676 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2677 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2678 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2679 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2680 } 2681 2682 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2683 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2684 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2685 } 2686 2687 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2688 } 2689 2690 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2691 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2692 2693 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2694 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2695 unsigned BuiltinID; 2696 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2697 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2698 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2699 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2700 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2701 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2702 << Old << Old->getType(); 2703 2704 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2705 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2706 // 2707 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2708 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2709 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2710 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2711 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2712 if (!New->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2713 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2714 2715 return false; 2716 } 2717 2718 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2719 } 2720 2721 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2722 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2723 return true; 2724} 2725 2726/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2727/// known to be compatible. 2728/// 2729/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2730/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2731/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2732/// redeclaration of Old. 2733/// 2734/// \returns false 2735bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2736 Scope *S) { 2737 // Merge the attributes 2738 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2739 2740 // Merge "pure" flag. 2741 if (Old->isPure()) 2742 New->setPure(); 2743 2744 // Merge "used" flag. 2745 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2746 New->setUsed(); 2747 2748 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2749 // declarations. 2750 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2751 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2752 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2753 *this); 2754 2755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2756 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2757 2758 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2759 // and argument types. 2760 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2761 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2762 New->setType(Merged); 2763 2764 return false; 2765} 2766 2767 2768void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2769 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2770 2771 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2772 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2773 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2774 : AMK_Override; 2775 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2776 2777 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2778 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2779 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2780 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2781 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2782 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2783 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2784 2785 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2786} 2787 2788/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2789/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2790/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2791/// 2792/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2793/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2794/// is attached. 2795void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldWasHidden) { 2796 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2797 return; 2798 2799 QualType MergedT; 2800 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2801 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2802 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2803 return; 2804 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2805 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2806 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2807 } 2808 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2809 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2810 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2811 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2812 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2813 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2814 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2815 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2816 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2817 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2818 NewArray->getElementType())) 2819 MergedT = New->getType(); 2820 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2821 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2822 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2823 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2824 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2825 NewArray->getElementType())) 2826 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2827 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2828 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2829 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2830 Old->getType()); 2831 } 2832 } else { 2833 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2834 } 2835 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2836 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2837 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2838 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2839 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2840 } 2841 2842 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2843 // declaration was a extern declaration in a different scope. 2844 if (!OldWasHidden) 2845 New->setType(MergedT); 2846} 2847 2848/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2849/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2850/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2851/// 2852/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2853/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2854/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2855/// 2856void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous, 2857 bool PreviousWasHidden) { 2858 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2859 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2860 return; 2861 2862 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2863 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2864 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2865 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2866 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2867 << New->getDeclName(); 2868 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2869 diag::note_previous_definition); 2870 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2871 } 2872 2873 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 2874 return; 2875 2876 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2877 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2878 // 2879 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2880 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2881 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2882 << New->getIdentifier(); 2883 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2884 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2885 } 2886 2887 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2888 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2889 // declaration 2890 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2891 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2892 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2893 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2894 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2895 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2896 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2897 } 2898 2899 // Merge the types. 2900 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, PreviousWasHidden); 2901 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2902 return; 2903 2904 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 2905 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2906 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2907 isExternalLinkage(Old->getLinkage())) { 2908 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2909 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2910 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2911 } 2912 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2913 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2914 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2915 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2916 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2917 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2918 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2919 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2920 // identifier has external linkage. 2921 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2922 /* Okay */; 2923 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2924 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2925 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2926 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2927 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2928 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2929 } 2930 2931 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2932 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2933 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2934 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2935 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2936 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2937 } 2938 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 2939 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 2940 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2941 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2942 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2943 } 2944 2945 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2946 2947 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2948 // need to check for mismatches. 2949 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2950 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2951 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2952 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2953 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2954 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2955 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2956 } 2957 2958 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 2959 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 2960 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2961 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2962 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 2963 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2964 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2965 } else { 2966 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 2967 // static and dynamic initialization. 2968 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 2969 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 2970 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 2971 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 2972 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2973 } 2974 } 2975 2976 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2977 const VarDecl *Def; 2978 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2979 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2980 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2981 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2982 << New->getDeclName(); 2983 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2984 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2985 return; 2986 } 2987 2988 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2989 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2990 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2991 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2992 return; 2993 } 2994 2995 // Merge "used" flag. 2996 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2997 New->setUsed(); 2998 2999 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3000 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 3001 3002 // Inherit access appropriately. 3003 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3004} 3005 3006/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3007/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3008Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3009 DeclSpec &DS) { 3010 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3011} 3012 3013/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3014/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3015/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3016Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3017 DeclSpec &DS, 3018 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3019 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3020 Decl *TagD = 0; 3021 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3022 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3023 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3024 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3025 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3026 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3027 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3028 3029 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3030 return 0; 3031 3032 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3033 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3034 // it's a Type. 3035 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3036 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3037 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3038 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3039 } 3040 3041 if (Tag) { 3042 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 3043 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3044 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3045 return Tag; 3046 } 3047 3048 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3049 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3050 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3051 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3052 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3053 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3054 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3055 } 3056 3057 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3058 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3059 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3060 if (Tag) 3061 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3062 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3063 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3064 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3065 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3066 else 3067 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3068 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3069 return TagD; 3070 } 3071 3072 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3073 3074 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3075 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3076 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3077 if (TagD && !Tag) 3078 return 0; 3079 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3080 } 3081 3082 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3083 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3084 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3085 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3086 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3087 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3088 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3089 // or an explicit specialization. 3090 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3091 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3092 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3093 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3094 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3095 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3096 << SS.getRange(); 3097 return 0; 3098 } 3099 3100 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3101 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3102 3103 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3104 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3105 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3106 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3107 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3108 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3109 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 3110 3111 DeclaresAnything = false; 3112 } 3113 } 3114 3115 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3116 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3117 CurContext->isRecord() && 3118 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3119 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3120 // struct STRUCT; 3121 // and 3122 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3123 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3124 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3125 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3126 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3127 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3128 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3129 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3130 } 3131 } 3132 3133 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3134 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3135 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3136 return TagD; 3137 3138 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3139 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3140 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3141 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3142 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3143 DeclaresAnything = false; 3144 3145 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3146 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3147 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3148 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3149 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3150 else 3151 DeclaresAnything = false; 3152 } 3153 3154 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3155 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3156 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3157 << Tag->getTagKind() 3158 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3159 3160 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3161 3162 // C 6.7/2: 3163 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3164 // or the members of an enumeration. 3165 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3166 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3167 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3168 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3169 // previous declaration. 3170 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3171 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3172 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3173 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3174 return TagD; 3175 } 3176 3177 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3178 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3179 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3180 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3181 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3182 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3183 // 3184 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3185 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3186 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3187 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3188 3189 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3190 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3191 // useless. 3192 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3193 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3194 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3195 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3196 3197 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3198 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3199 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3200 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3201 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3202 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3203 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3204 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3205 // Restrict is covered above. 3206 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3207 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3208 } 3209 3210 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3211 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3212 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3213 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3214 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3215 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3216 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3217 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3218 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3219 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3220 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3221 while (attrs) { 3222 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3223 << attrs->getName() 3224 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3225 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3226 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3227 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3228 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3229 } 3230 } 3231 } 3232 3233 return TagD; 3234} 3235 3236/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3237/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3238/// 3239/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3240static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3241 Scope *S, 3242 DeclContext *Owner, 3243 DeclarationName Name, 3244 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3245 unsigned diagnostic) { 3246 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3247 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3248 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3249 3250 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3251 return false; 3252 3253 // Pick a representative declaration. 3254 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3255 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3256 3257 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3258 return false; 3259 3260 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3261 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3262 3263 return true; 3264} 3265 3266/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3267/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3268/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3269/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3270/// struct, e.g., 3271/// 3272/// @code 3273/// union { 3274/// int i; 3275/// float f; 3276/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3277/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3278/// @endcode 3279/// 3280/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3281/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3282static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3283 DeclContext *Owner, 3284 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3285 AccessSpecifier AS, 3286 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 3287 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3288 unsigned diagKind 3289 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3290 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3291 3292 bool Invalid = false; 3293 3294 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3295 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3296 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3297 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3298 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3299 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3300 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3301 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3302 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3303 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3304 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3305 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3306 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3307 Invalid = true; 3308 } else { 3309 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3310 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3311 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3312 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3313 // anonymous union is declared. 3314 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3315 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3316 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3317 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3318 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3319 else 3320 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3321 3322 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3323 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3324 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3325 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3326 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3327 3328 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3329 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3330 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3331 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3332 3333 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3334 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3335 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3336 3337 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3338 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3339 3340 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3341 } 3342 } 3343 } 3344 3345 return Invalid; 3346} 3347 3348/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3349/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3350/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3351static StorageClass 3352StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3353 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3354 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3355 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3356 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3357 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3358 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3359 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3360 return SC_None; 3361 return SC_Extern; 3362 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3363 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3364 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3365 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3366 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3367 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3368 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3369 } 3370 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3371} 3372 3373/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3374/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3375/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3376/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3377Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3378 AccessSpecifier AS, 3379 RecordDecl *Record) { 3380 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3381 3382 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3383 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3384 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3385 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3386 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3387 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3388 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3389 3390 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3391 // structs/unions. 3392 bool Invalid = false; 3393 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3394 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3395 unsigned DiagID; 3396 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3397 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3398 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3399 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3400 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3401 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3402 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3403 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3404 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3405 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3406 3407 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3408 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3409 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3410 } 3411 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3412 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3413 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3414 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3415 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3416 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3417 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3418 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3419 3420 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3421 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3422 SourceLocation(), 3423 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3424 } 3425 } 3426 3427 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3428 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3429 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3430 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3431 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3432 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3433 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3434 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3435 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3436 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3437 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3438 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3439 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3440 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3441 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3442 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3443 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3444 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3445 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3446 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3447 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3448 3449 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3450 } 3451 3452 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3453 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3454 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3455 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3456 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3457 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3458 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3459 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3460 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3461 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3462 // members (clause 11). 3463 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3464 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3465 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3466 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3467 Invalid = true; 3468 } 3469 3470 // C++ [class.union]p1 3471 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3472 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3473 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3474 // array of such objects. 3475 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3476 Invalid = true; 3477 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3478 // Any implicit members are fine. 3479 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3480 // This is a type that showed up in an 3481 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3482 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3483 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3484 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3485 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3486 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3487 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3488 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3489 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3490 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3491 else { 3492 // This is a nested type declaration. 3493 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3494 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3495 Invalid = true; 3496 } 3497 } else { 3498 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3499 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3500 // not part of standard C++. 3501 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3502 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3503 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3504 } 3505 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3506 // Any access specifier is fine. 3507 } else { 3508 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3509 // member. Complain about it. 3510 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3511 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3512 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3513 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3514 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3515 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3516 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3517 3518 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3519 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3520 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3521 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3522 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3523 else { 3524 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3525 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3526 Invalid = true; 3527 } 3528 } 3529 } 3530 } 3531 3532 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3533 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3534 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3535 Invalid = true; 3536 } 3537 3538 // Mock up a declarator. 3539 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3540 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3541 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3542 3543 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3544 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3545 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3546 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3547 DS.getLocStart(), 3548 Record->getLocation(), 3549 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3550 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3551 TInfo, 3552 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3553 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3554 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3555 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3556 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3557 } else { 3558 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3559 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3560 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3561 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3562 // an error here 3563 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3564 Invalid = true; 3565 SC = SC_None; 3566 } 3567 3568 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3569 DS.getLocStart(), 3570 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3571 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3572 TInfo, SC); 3573 3574 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3575 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3576 // initializer: 3577 // union { int n = 0; }; 3578 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3579 } 3580 Anon->setImplicit(); 3581 3582 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3583 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3584 // its members. 3585 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3586 3587 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3588 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3589 // purposes. 3590 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3591 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3592 3593 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3594 Chain, false)) 3595 Invalid = true; 3596 3597 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3598 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3599 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3600 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3601 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3602 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3603 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3604 3605 if (Invalid) 3606 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3607 3608 return Anon; 3609} 3610 3611/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3612/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3613/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3614/// Example: 3615/// 3616/// struct A { int a; }; 3617/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3618/// 3619/// void foo() { 3620/// B var; 3621/// var.a = 3; 3622/// } 3623/// 3624Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3625 RecordDecl *Record) { 3626 3627 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3628 if (!Record) 3629 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3630 3631 // Mock up a declarator. 3632 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3633 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3634 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3635 3636 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3637 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3638 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3639 DS.getLocStart(), 3640 DS.getLocStart(), 3641 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3642 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3643 TInfo, 3644 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3645 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3646 Anon->setImplicit(); 3647 3648 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3649 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3650 3651 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3652 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3653 // purposes. 3654 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3655 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3656 3657 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3658 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3659 RecordDef, AS_none, 3660 Chain, true)) 3661 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3662 3663 return Anon; 3664} 3665 3666/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3667/// given Declarator. 3668DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3669 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3670} 3671 3672/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3673DeclarationNameInfo 3674Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3675 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3676 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3677 3678 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3679 3680 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3681 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3682 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3683 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3684 return NameInfo; 3685 3686 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3687 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3688 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3689 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3690 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3691 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3692 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3693 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3694 return NameInfo; 3695 3696 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3697 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3698 Name.Identifier)); 3699 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3700 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3701 return NameInfo; 3702 3703 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3704 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3705 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3706 if (Ty.isNull()) 3707 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3708 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3709 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3710 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3711 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3712 return NameInfo; 3713 } 3714 3715 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3716 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3717 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3718 if (Ty.isNull()) 3719 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3720 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3721 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3722 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3723 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3724 return NameInfo; 3725 } 3726 3727 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3728 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3729 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3730 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3731 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3732 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3733 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3734 3735 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3736 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3737 3738 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3739 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3740 // was qualified. 3741 3742 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3743 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3744 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3745 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3746 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3747 return NameInfo; 3748 } 3749 3750 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3751 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3752 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3753 if (Ty.isNull()) 3754 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3755 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3756 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3757 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3758 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3759 return NameInfo; 3760 } 3761 3762 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3763 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3764 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3765 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3766 } 3767 3768 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3769 3770 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3771} 3772 3773static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3774 do { 3775 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3776 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3777 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3778 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3779 else 3780 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3781 } while (true); 3782} 3783 3784/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3785/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3786/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3787/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3788/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3789/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3790/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3791static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3792 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3793 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3794 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3795 Params.clear(); 3796 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3797 return false; 3798 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3799 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3800 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3801 3802 // The parameter types are identical 3803 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3804 continue; 3805 3806 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3807 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3808 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3809 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3810 3811 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3812 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3813 Params.push_back(Idx); 3814 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3815 return false; 3816 } 3817 3818 return true; 3819} 3820 3821/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3822/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3823/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3824/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3825/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3826static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3827 DeclarationName Name) { 3828 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3829 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3830 // - types which will become injected class names 3831 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3832 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3833 // few cases here. 3834 3835 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3836 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3837 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3838 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3839 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3840 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3841 // Grab the type from the parser. 3842 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3843 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3844 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3845 3846 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3847 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3848 // attached already. 3849 if (!TSI) 3850 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3851 3852 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3853 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3854 if (!TSI) return true; 3855 3856 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3857 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3858 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3859 break; 3860 } 3861 3862 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3863 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3864 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3865 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3866 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3867 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3868 break; 3869 } 3870 3871 default: 3872 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3873 break; 3874 } 3875 3876 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3877 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3878 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3879 3880 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3881 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3882 // pointer. 3883 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3884 continue; 3885 3886 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3887 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3888 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3889 return true; 3890 } 3891 3892 return false; 3893} 3894 3895Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3896 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3897 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3898 3899 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3900 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3901 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3902 3903 return Dcl; 3904} 3905 3906/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3907/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3908/// name different from T: 3909/// - every static data member of class T; 3910/// - every member function of class T 3911/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3912/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3913bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3914 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3915 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3916 3917 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3918 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3919 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3920 return true; 3921 } 3922 3923 return false; 3924} 3925 3926/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3927/// nested-name-specifier. 3928/// 3929/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3930/// 3931/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3932/// resolves. 3933/// 3934/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3935/// 3936/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3937/// 3938/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3939bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3940 DeclarationName Name, 3941 SourceLocation Loc) { 3942 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3943 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3944 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3945 3946 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3947 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3948 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3949 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3950 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3951 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3952 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3953 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3954 3955 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3956 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3957 // 3958 // class X { 3959 // void X::f(); 3960 // }; 3961 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3962 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3963 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3964 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3965 SS.clear(); 3966 return false; 3967 } 3968 3969 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3970 // declaration. 3971 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3972 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3973 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3974 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3975 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3976 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3977 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3978 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3979 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3980 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3981 else 3982 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3983 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3984 3985 return true; 3986 } 3987 3988 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3989 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3990 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3991 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3992 SS.clear(); 3993 3994 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3995 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3996 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3997 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3998 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3999 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4000 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4001 return true; 4002 4003 return false; 4004 } 4005 4006 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4007 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4008 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4009 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4010 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4011 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4012 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4013 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4014 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4015 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4016 4017 return false; 4018} 4019 4020NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4021 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4022 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4023 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4024 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4025 4026 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4027 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4028 if (!Name) { 4029 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4030 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4031 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4032 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4033 return 0; 4034 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4035 return 0; 4036 4037 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4038 // we find one that is. 4039 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4040 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4041 S = S->getParent(); 4042 4043 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4044 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4045 D.setInvalidType(); 4046 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4047 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4048 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4049 return 0; 4050 4051 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4052 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4053 if (!DC) { 4054 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4055 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4056 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4057 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4058 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4059 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4060 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4061 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4062 return 0; 4063 } 4064 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4065 4066 if (!IsDependentContext && 4067 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4068 return 0; 4069 4070 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4071 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4072 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4073 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4074 D.setInvalidType(); 4075 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4076 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4077 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4078 if (DC->isRecord()) 4079 return 0; 4080 4081 D.setInvalidType(); 4082 } 4083 } 4084 4085 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4086 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4087 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4088 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4089 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4090 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4091 D.setInvalidType(); 4092 } 4093 } 4094 4095 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4096 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4097 // Just return early; it's safer. 4098 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4099 return 0; 4100 4101 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4102 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4103 4104 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4105 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4106 D.setInvalidType(); 4107 4108 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4109 ForRedeclaration); 4110 4111 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4112 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4113 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4114 4115 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4116 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4117 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4118 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4119 /* Do nothing*/; 4120 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4121 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 4122 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4123 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4124 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 4125 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4126 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4127 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4128 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4129 4130 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4131 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4132 4133 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 4134 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4135 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4136 4137 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4138 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4139 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4140 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4141 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4142 // thereof; [...] 4143 // 4144 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4145 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4146 // we want to match. For example, given: 4147 // 4148 // class X { 4149 // void f(); 4150 // void f(float); 4151 // }; 4152 // 4153 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4154 // 4155 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4156 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4157 // matches. 4158 4159 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4160 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4161 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4162 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4163 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4164 } 4165 4166 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4167 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4168 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4169 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4170 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4171 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4172 4173 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4174 Previous.clear(); 4175 } 4176 4177 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4178 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4179 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4180 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4181 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4182 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4183 Previous.clear(); 4184 4185 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4186 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4187 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4188 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4189 4190 NamedDecl *New; 4191 4192 bool AddToScope = true; 4193 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4194 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4195 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4196 return 0; 4197 } 4198 4199 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4200 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4201 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4202 TemplateParamLists, 4203 AddToScope); 4204 } else { 4205 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4206 TemplateParamLists); 4207 } 4208 4209 if (New == 0) 4210 return 0; 4211 4212 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4213 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4214 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4215 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 4216 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 4217 4218 return New; 4219} 4220 4221/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4222/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4223/// GCC compatibility). 4224static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4225 ASTContext &Context, 4226 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4227 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4228 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4229 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4230 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4231 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4232 SizeIsNegative = false; 4233 Oversized = 0; 4234 4235 if (T->isDependentType()) 4236 return QualType(); 4237 4238 QualifierCollector Qs; 4239 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4240 4241 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4242 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4243 QualType FixedType = 4244 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4245 Oversized); 4246 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4247 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4248 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4249 } 4250 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4251 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4252 QualType FixedType = 4253 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4254 Oversized); 4255 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4256 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4257 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4258 } 4259 4260 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4261 if (!VLATy) 4262 return QualType(); 4263 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4264 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4265 return QualType(); 4266 4267 llvm::APSInt Res; 4268 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4269 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4270 return QualType(); 4271 4272 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4273 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4274 SizeIsNegative = true; 4275 return QualType(); 4276 } 4277 4278 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4279 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4280 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4281 Res); 4282 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4283 Oversized = Res; 4284 return QualType(); 4285 } 4286 4287 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4288 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4289} 4290 4291static void 4292FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4293 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4294 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4295 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4296 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4297 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4298 return; 4299 } 4300 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4301 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4302 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4303 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4304 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4305 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4306 return; 4307 } 4308 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4309 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4310 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4311 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4312 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4313 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4314 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4315 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4316} 4317 4318/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4319/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4320/// GCC compatibility). 4321static TypeSourceInfo* 4322TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4323 ASTContext &Context, 4324 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4325 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4326 QualType FixedTy 4327 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4328 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4329 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4330 return 0; 4331 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4332 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4333 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4334 return FixedTInfo; 4335} 4336 4337/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4338/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 4339void 4340Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 4341 const LookupResult &Previous, 4342 Scope *S) { 4343 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4344 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 4345 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4346 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4347} 4348 4349llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4350Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4351 if (ExternalSource) { 4352 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4353 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4354 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4355 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4356 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4357 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4358 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4359 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4360 } 4361 } 4362 4363 return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name); 4364} 4365 4366/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4367/// does not identify a function. 4368void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4369 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4370 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4371 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4372 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4373 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4374 4375 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4376 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4377 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4378 4379 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4380 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4381 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4382 4383 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4384 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4385 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4386} 4387 4388NamedDecl* 4389Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4390 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4391 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4392 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4393 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4394 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4395 D.setInvalidType(); 4396 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4397 DC = CurContext; 4398 Previous.clear(); 4399 } 4400 4401 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4402 4403 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4404 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4405 << 1; 4406 4407 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4408 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4409 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4410 return 0; 4411 } 4412 4413 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4414 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4415 4416 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4417 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4418 4419 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4420 4421 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4422 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4423 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4424 return ND; 4425} 4426 4427void 4428Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4429 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4430 // then it shall have block scope. 4431 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4432 // that redeclarations will match. 4433 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4434 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4435 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4436 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4437 4438 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4439 bool SizeIsNegative; 4440 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4441 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4442 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4443 SizeIsNegative, 4444 Oversized); 4445 if (FixedTInfo) { 4446 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4447 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4448 } else { 4449 if (SizeIsNegative) 4450 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4451 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4452 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4453 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4454 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4455 << Oversized.toString(10); 4456 else 4457 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4458 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4459 } 4460 } 4461 } 4462} 4463 4464 4465/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4466/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4467/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4468NamedDecl* 4469Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4470 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4471 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4472 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4473 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4474 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4475 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4476 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4477 Redeclaration = true; 4478 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4479 } 4480 4481 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4482 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4483 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4484 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4485 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4486 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4487 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4488 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4489 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4490 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4491 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4492 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4493 } 4494 4495 return NewTD; 4496} 4497 4498/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4499/// previous declaration. 4500/// 4501/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4502/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4503/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4504/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4505/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4506/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4507/// 4508/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4509/// lookup 4510/// 4511/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4512/// declared. 4513/// 4514/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4515/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4516static bool 4517isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4518 ASTContext &Context) { 4519 if (!PrevDecl) 4520 return false; 4521 4522 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4523 return false; 4524 4525 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4526 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4527 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4528 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4529 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4530 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4531 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4532 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4533 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4534 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4535 return false; 4536 4537 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4538 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4539 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4540 return false; 4541 4542 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4543 // previous declarations. 4544 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4545 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4546 4547 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4548 // isn't the same function. 4549 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4550 return false; 4551 } 4552 4553 return true; 4554} 4555 4556static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4557 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4558 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4559 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4560} 4561 4562bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4563 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4564 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4565 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4566 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4567 unsigned kind = -1U; 4568 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4569 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4570 kind = 0; // __block 4571 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4572 kind = 1; // global 4573 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4574 kind = 3; // ivar 4575 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4576 kind = 2; // field 4577 } 4578 4579 if (kind != -1U) { 4580 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4581 << kind; 4582 } 4583 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4584 // Try to infer lifetime. 4585 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4586 return false; 4587 4588 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4589 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4590 decl->setType(type); 4591 } 4592 4593 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4594 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4595 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4596 var->getTLSKind()) { 4597 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4598 << var->getType(); 4599 return true; 4600 } 4601 } 4602 4603 return false; 4604} 4605 4606static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4607 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4608 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4609 if (ND.getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) { 4610 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4611 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4612 } 4613 } 4614 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4615 if (ND.hasExternalLinkage()) { 4616 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4617 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4618 } 4619 } 4620} 4621 4622/// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4623/// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4624/// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4625static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4626 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4627 4628 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4629 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4630 4631 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4632 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4633 return false; 4634 4635 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4636 4637#ifndef NDEBUG 4638 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4639 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4640 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4641 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4642 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4643#endif 4644 4645 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4646 4647#ifndef NDEBUG 4648 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4649#endif 4650 4651 return isC99Inline; 4652} 4653 4654static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4655 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4656 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4657 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4658 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4659 return true; 4660 if (DC->isRecord()) 4661 return false; 4662 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4663} 4664 4665static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4666 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4667 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4668 return true; 4669 if (DC->isRecord()) 4670 return false; 4671 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4672} 4673 4674NamedDecl* 4675Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4676 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4677 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4678 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4679 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4680 4681 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4682 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 4683 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 4684 4685 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 4686 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4687 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4688 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4689 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4690 D.setInvalidType(); 4691 } 4692 } 4693 4694 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4695 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4696 // an error here 4697 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4698 D.setInvalidType(); 4699 SC = SC_None; 4700 } 4701 4702 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 4703 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 4704 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 4705 // explicitly. 4706 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 'extern'. 4707 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4708 D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == 4709 DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4710 SC = SC_Static; 4711 4712 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4713 if (!II) { 4714 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4715 << Name; 4716 return 0; 4717 } 4718 4719 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4720 4721 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4722 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4723 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4724 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4725 4726 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4727 // is a GNU extension. 4728 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4729 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4730 else 4731 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4732 D.setInvalidType(); 4733 } 4734 } 4735 4736 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4737 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4738 // OpenCL __local address space. 4739 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4740 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4741 } 4742 4743 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 4744 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 4745 // space qualifiers. 4746 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 4747 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 4748 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 4749 } 4750 4751 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4752 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 4753 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 4754 // address space qualifiers. 4755 if (R->isEventT()) { 4756 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 4757 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 4758 D.setInvalidType(); 4759 } 4760 4761 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 4762 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 4763 D.setInvalidType(); 4764 } 4765 } 4766 } 4767 4768 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4769 VarDecl *NewVD; 4770 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4771 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4772 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4773 R, TInfo, SC); 4774 4775 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4776 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4777 } else { 4778 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4779 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4780 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4781 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4782 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4783 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4784 } 4785 } 4786 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4787 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4788 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4789 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4790 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4791 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4792 4793 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4794 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4795 if (RD->isUnion()) 4796 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4797 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4798 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4799 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4800 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4801 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4802 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4803 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4804 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4805 } 4806 } 4807 4808 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4809 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4810 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4811 bool Invalid = false; 4812 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4813 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4814 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4815 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4816 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4817 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4818 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4819 /*never a friend*/ false, 4820 isExplicitSpecialization, 4821 Invalid)) { 4822 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4823 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4824 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4825 << II 4826 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4827 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4828 return 0; 4829 } else { 4830 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4831 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4832 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4833 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4834 << II 4835 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4836 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4837 } 4838 } 4839 4840 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4841 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4842 R, TInfo, SC); 4843 4844 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4845 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4846 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 4847 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4848 4849 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4850 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4851 4852 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4853 4854 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4855 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4856 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4857 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4858 } 4859 4860 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4861 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4862 } 4863 4864 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4865 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4866 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4867 4868 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 4869 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4870 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4871 diag::err_thread_non_global) 4872 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4873 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4874 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4875 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4876 else 4877 NewVD->setTLSKind(TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local 4878 ? VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic 4879 : VarDecl::TLS_Static); 4880 } 4881 4882 // C99 6.7.4p3 4883 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 4884 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 4885 // thread storage duration... 4886 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 4887 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 4888 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 4889 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 4890 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 4891 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4892 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 4893 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 4894 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 4895 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4896 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 4897 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 4898 } 4899 } 4900 4901 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4902 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4903 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4904 << 2 4905 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4906 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4907 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4908 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4909 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4910 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4911 else 4912 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4913 } 4914 4915 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4916 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4917 4918 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 4919 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 4920 4921 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4922 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4923 // storage [duration]." 4924 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4925 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4926 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4927 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4928 } 4929 } 4930 4931 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4932 // retainable type. 4933 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4934 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4935 4936 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4937 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4938 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4939 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4940 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4941 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4942 switch (SC) { 4943 case SC_None: 4944 case SC_Auto: 4945 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4946 break; 4947 case SC_Register: 4948 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4949 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4950 break; 4951 case SC_Static: 4952 case SC_Extern: 4953 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4954 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4955 break; 4956 } 4957 } 4958 4959 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4960 Context, Label)); 4961 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4962 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4963 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4964 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4965 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4966 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4967 } 4968 } 4969 4970 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4971 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4972 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4973 4974 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4975 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4976 // declaration has linkage). 4977 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 4978 isExplicitSpecialization); 4979 4980 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4981 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4982 } else { 4983 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4984 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4985 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4986 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4987 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4988 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4989 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4990 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4991 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4992 Previous.clear(); 4993 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4994 } 4995 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4996 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4997 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4998 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4999 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5000 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5001 } 5002 5003 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5004 5005 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 5006 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5007 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5008 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5009 } 5010 5011 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5012 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 5013 5014 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 5015 // such variables. 5016 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 5017 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5018 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 5019 5020 return NewVD; 5021} 5022 5023/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5024/// -Wshadow. 5025/// 5026/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5027/// scope. 5028/// 5029/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5030/// \param R the lookup of the name 5031/// 5032void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5033 // Return if warning is ignored. 5034 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5035 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5036 return; 5037 5038 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5039 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5040 return; 5041 5042 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5043 5044 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5045 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5046 return; 5047 5048 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5049 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5050 return; 5051 5052 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5053 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5054 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5055 if (MD->isStatic()) 5056 return; 5057 5058 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5059 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5060 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5061 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5062 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 5063 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 5064 I != E; ++I) 5065 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5066 ShadowedDecl = *I; 5067 break; 5068 } 5069 } 5070 5071 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5072 5073 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5074 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5075 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5076 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5077 return; 5078 5079 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5080 // static data members from base classes? 5081 5082 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5083 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5084 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5085 } 5086 5087 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5088 unsigned Kind; 5089 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5090 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5091 Kind = 3; // field 5092 else 5093 Kind = 2; // static data member 5094 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5095 Kind = 1; // global 5096 else 5097 Kind = 0; // local 5098 5099 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5100 5101 // Emit warning and note. 5102 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5103 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5104} 5105 5106/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5107void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5108 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5109 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5110 return; 5111 5112 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5113 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5114 LookupName(R, S); 5115 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5116} 5117 5118template<typename T> 5119static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) { 5120 const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext(); 5121 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5122 return true; 5123 5124 // We know that is the first decl we see, other than function local 5125 // extern C ones. If this is C++ and the decl is not in a extern C context 5126 // it cannot have C language linkage. Avoid calling isExternC in that case. 5127 // We need to this because of code like 5128 // 5129 // namespace { struct bar {}; } 5130 // auto foo = bar(); 5131 // 5132 // This code runs before the init of foo is set, and therefore before 5133 // the type of foo is known. Not knowing the type we cannot know its linkage 5134 // unless it is in an extern C block. 5135 if (!DC->isExternCContext()) { 5136 const ASTContext &Context = ND->getASTContext(); 5137 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5138 return false; 5139 } 5140 5141 return ND->isExternC(); 5142} 5143 5144void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5145 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5146 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5147 return; 5148 5149 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5150 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5151 5152 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5153 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5154 return; 5155 5156 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5157 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5158 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5159 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5160 NewVD->setType(T); 5161 } 5162 5163 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5164 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5165 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5166 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5167 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5168 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5169 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5170 return; 5171 } 5172 5173 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5174 // __constant address space. 5175 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5176 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5177 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5178 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5179 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5180 return; 5181 } 5182 5183 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5184 // scope. 5185 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5186 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5187 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5188 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5189 return; 5190 } 5191 5192 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5193 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5194 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5195 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5196 else { 5197 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5198 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5199 } 5200 } 5201 5202 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5203 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5204 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5205 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5206 5207 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5208 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5209 bool SizeIsNegative; 5210 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5211 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5212 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5213 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5214 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5215 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5216 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5217 // int a[10][n]; 5218 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5219 5220 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5221 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5222 << SizeRange; 5223 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 5224 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5225 << SizeRange; 5226 else 5227 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5228 << SizeRange; 5229 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5230 return; 5231 } 5232 5233 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5234 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5235 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5236 else 5237 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5238 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5239 return; 5240 } 5241 5242 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5243 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5244 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5245 } 5246 5247 if (T->isVoidType() && NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5248 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5249 << T; 5250 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5251 return; 5252 } 5253 5254 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5255 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5256 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5257 return; 5258 } 5259 5260 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5261 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5262 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5263 return; 5264 } 5265 5266 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5267 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5268 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5269 // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced. 5270 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5271 return; 5272 } 5273} 5274 5275/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5276/// declaration. 5277/// 5278/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5279/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5280/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5281/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5282/// that have been instantiated from a template. 5283/// 5284/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5285/// 5286/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5287bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 5288 LookupResult &Previous) { 5289 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 5290 5291 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5292 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5293 return false; 5294 5295 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5296 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5297 // 5298 // Clang has a lot of problems with extern local declarations. 5299 // The actual standards text here is: 5300 // 5301 // C++11 [basic.link]p6: 5302 // The name of a function declared in block scope and the name 5303 // of a variable declared by a block scope extern declaration 5304 // have linkage. If there is a visible declaration of an entity 5305 // with linkage having the same name and type, ignoring entities 5306 // declared outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the 5307 // block scope declaration declares that same entity and 5308 // receives the linkage of the previous declaration. 5309 // 5310 // C11 6.2.7p4: 5311 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 5312 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 5313 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 5314 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 5315 // declaration becomes the composite type. 5316 // 5317 // The most important point here is that we're not allowed to 5318 // update our understanding of the type according to declarations 5319 // not in scope. 5320 bool PreviousWasHidden = false; 5321 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) { 5322 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5323 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 5324 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 5325 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5326 PreviousWasHidden = true; 5327 } 5328 } 5329 5330 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5331 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5332 5333 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5334 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous, PreviousWasHidden); 5335 return true; 5336 } 5337 return false; 5338} 5339 5340/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5341struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5342 Sema *S; 5343 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5344}; 5345 5346/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5347/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5348/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5349static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5350 CXXBasePath &Path, 5351 void *UserData) { 5352 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5353 5354 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5355 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5356 5357 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5358 5359 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5360 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5361 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5362 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5363 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5364 5365 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5366 } 5367 5368 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5369 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5370 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5371 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5372 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5373 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5374 return true; 5375 } 5376 } 5377 5378 return false; 5379} 5380 5381namespace { 5382 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5383} 5384/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5385/// overriden methods. 5386/// 5387/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5388/// \param MD the overriding method. 5389/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5390static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5391 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5392 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5393 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5394 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5395 I != E; ++I) { 5396 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5397 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5398 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5399 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5400 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5401 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5402 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5403 } 5404} 5405 5406/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5407/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5408bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5409 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5410 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5411 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5412 Data.Method = MD; 5413 Data.S = this; 5414 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5415 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5416 bool AddedAny = false; 5417 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5418 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5419 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5420 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5421 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5422 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5423 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5424 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5425 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5426 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5427 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5428 AddedAny = true; 5429 } 5430 } 5431 } 5432 } 5433 5434 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5435 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5436 } 5437 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5438 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5439 } 5440 5441 return AddedAny; 5442} 5443 5444namespace { 5445 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5446 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5447 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5448 Scope *S; 5449 Declarator &D; 5450 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5451 bool AddToScope; 5452 }; 5453} 5454 5455namespace { 5456 5457// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5458// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5459class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5460 public: 5461 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5462 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5463 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5464 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5465 5466 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5467 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5468 return false; 5469 5470 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5471 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5472 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5473 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5474 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5475 5476 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5477 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5478 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5479 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5480 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5481 return true; 5482 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5483 return true; 5484 } 5485 } 5486 } 5487 5488 return false; 5489 } 5490 5491 private: 5492 ASTContext &Context; 5493 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 5494 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5495}; 5496 5497} 5498 5499/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5500/// 5501/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5502/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5503/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5504/// the same name. 5505/// 5506/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5507/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5508static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5509 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5510 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5511 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5512 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5513 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5514 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5515 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5516 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5517 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5518 TypoCorrection Correction; 5519 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5520 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5521 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5522 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5523 5524 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5525 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5526 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5527 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5528 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5529 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5530 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5531 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5532 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5533 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5534 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5535 if (FD && 5536 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5537 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5538 // involve a parameter 5539 unsigned ParamNum = 5540 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5541 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5542 } 5543 } 5544 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5545 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5546 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5547 Validator, NewDC))) { 5548 // Trap errors. 5549 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5550 5551 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5552 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5553 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5554 Previous.clear(); 5555 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5556 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5557 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5558 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5559 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5560 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5561 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5562 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5563 } 5564 } 5565 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5566 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5567 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5568 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5569 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5570 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5571 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5572 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5573 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5574 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5575 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5576 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5577 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5578 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5579 Previous.clear(); 5580 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5581 Result = NULL; 5582 } else { 5583 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5584 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5585 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5586 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5587 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5588 } 5589 } 5590 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5591 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5592 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5593 } else { 5594 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5595 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5596 } 5597 } 5598 5599 if (Correction) { 5600 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5601 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5602 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5603 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5604 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5605 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5606 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5607 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5608 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5609 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5610 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5611 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5612 } else { 5613 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5614 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5615 } 5616 5617 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5618 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5619 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5620 5621 for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5622 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5623 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5624 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5625 bool FDisConst = false; 5626 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5627 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5628 5629 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5630 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5631 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5632 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5633 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5634 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5635 } else if (Correction) { 5636 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5637 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5638 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5639 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5640 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5641 } else 5642 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5643 } 5644 return Result; 5645} 5646 5647static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5648 Declarator &D) { 5649 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5650 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5651 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5652 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5653 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5654 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5655 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5656 D.setInvalidType(); 5657 break; 5658 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5659 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 5660 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 5661 return SC_None; 5662 return SC_Extern; 5663 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5664 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5665 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5666 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5667 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5668 // other than extern 5669 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5670 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5671 diag::err_static_block_func); 5672 break; 5673 } else 5674 return SC_Static; 5675 } 5676 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5677 } 5678 5679 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5680 return SC_None; 5681} 5682 5683static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5684 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5685 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5686 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5687 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5688 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5689 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5690 5691 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5692 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5693 5694 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5695 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5696 // prototype. This true when: 5697 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5698 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5699 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5700 bool HasPrototype = 5701 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5702 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5703 5704 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5705 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5706 TInfo, SC, isInline, 5707 HasPrototype, false); 5708 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5709 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5710 5711 // Set the lexical context. 5712 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5713 5714 return NewFD; 5715 } 5716 5717 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5718 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5719 5720 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5721 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5722 // the class has been completely parsed. 5723 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5724 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5725 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5726 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5727 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5728 D.setInvalidType(); 5729 5730 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5731 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5732 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5733 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5734 5735 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5736 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5737 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5738 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5739 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5740 isConstexpr); 5741 5742 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5743 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5744 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5745 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5746 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5747 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5748 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5749 D.getLocStart(), 5750 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5751 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5752 5753 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5754 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5755 // it yet. 5756 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5757 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5758 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5759 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5760 } 5761 5762 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5763 return NewDD; 5764 5765 } else { 5766 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5767 D.setInvalidType(); 5768 5769 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5770 // code path. 5771 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5772 D.getLocStart(), 5773 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5774 SC, isInline, 5775 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5776 } 5777 5778 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5779 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5780 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5781 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5782 return 0; 5783 } 5784 5785 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5786 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5787 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5788 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5789 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5790 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5791 5792 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5793 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5794 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5795 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5796 // constructor if it has no return type). 5797 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5798 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5799 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5800 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5801 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5802 return 0; 5803 } 5804 5805 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5806 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 5807 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5808 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5809 TInfo, SC, isInline, 5810 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5811 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 5812 return Ret; 5813 } else { 5814 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5815 // prototype. This true when: 5816 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5817 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5818 D.getLocStart(), 5819 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 5820 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5821 } 5822} 5823 5824void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5825 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5826 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5827 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5828 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5829 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5830 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5831 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5832 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5833 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5834 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5835 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5836 << IsTypeAlias; 5837 } 5838} 5839 5840NamedDecl* 5841Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5842 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5843 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5844 bool &AddToScope) { 5845 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5846 5847 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5848 5849 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5850 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5851 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5852 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5853 5854 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 5855 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5856 diag::err_invalid_thread) 5857 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5858 5859 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5860 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5861 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5862 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5863 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5864 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5865 5866 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5867 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5868 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5869 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5870 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, 5871 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5872 FPT->getNumArgs()), 5873 EPI); 5874 } 5875 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5876 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5877 } 5878 5879 bool isFriend = false; 5880 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5881 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5882 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5883 5884 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5885 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5886 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5887 5888 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5889 5890 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5891 isVirtualOkay); 5892 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5893 5894 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5895 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5896 5897 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5898 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5899 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5900 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5901 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5902 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5903 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5904 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5905 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5906 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5907 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5908 } 5909 5910 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5911 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5912 // return true). 5913 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5914 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5915 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5916 NewFD->setPure(true); 5917 } 5918 5919 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5920 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5921 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5922 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5923 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5924 5925 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5926 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5927 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5928 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5929 5930 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5931 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5932 bool Invalid = false; 5933 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5934 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5935 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5936 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5937 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5938 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5939 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5940 isFriend, 5941 isExplicitSpecialization, 5942 Invalid)) { 5943 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5944 // This is a function template 5945 5946 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5947 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5948 return 0; 5949 5950 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5951 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5952 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5953 return 0; 5954 } 5955 5956 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5957 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5958 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5959 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5960 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5961 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5962 Invalid = true; 5963 } 5964 5965 5966 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5967 NewFD->getLocation(), 5968 Name, TemplateParams, 5969 NewFD); 5970 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5971 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5972 5973 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5974 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5975 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5976 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5977 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5978 } 5979 } else { 5980 // This is a function template specialization. 5981 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5982 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5983 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5984 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5985 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5986 5987 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5988 if (isFriend) { 5989 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5990 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5991 5992 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5993 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5994 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5995 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5996 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5997 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5998 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5999 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6000 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6001 } 6002 6003 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6004 << Name << RemoveRange 6005 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6006 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6007 } 6008 } 6009 } 6010 else { 6011 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6012 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6013 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6014 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6015 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6016 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6017 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6018 } 6019 6020 if (Invalid) { 6021 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6022 if (FunctionTemplate) 6023 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6024 } 6025 6026 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6027 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6028 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6029 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6030 // 6031 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6032 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6033 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6034 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6035 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6036 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6037 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6038 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6039 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6040 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6041 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6042 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6043 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6044 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6045 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6046 } else { 6047 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6048 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6049 } 6050 } 6051 6052 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6053 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6054 // declaration. 6055 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6056 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6057 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6058 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6059 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6060 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6061 } 6062 } 6063 6064 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6065 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6066 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6067 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6068 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6069 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6070 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6071 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6072 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6073 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6074 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6075 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6076 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6077 // or conversion function. 6078 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6079 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6080 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6081 } 6082 } 6083 6084 if (isConstexpr) { 6085 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6086 // are implicitly inline. 6087 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6088 6089 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6090 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6091 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6092 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6093 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6094 } 6095 6096 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6097 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6098 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6099 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6100 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6101 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6102 << 0 6103 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6104 } else { 6105 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6106 if (FunctionTemplate) 6107 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6108 } 6109 } 6110 6111 if (isFriend) { 6112 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 6113 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6114 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6115 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6116 } 6117 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6118 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6119 } 6120 6121 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6122 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6123 case FDK_Declaration: 6124 case FDK_Definition: 6125 break; 6126 6127 case FDK_Defaulted: 6128 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6129 break; 6130 6131 case FDK_Deleted: 6132 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6133 break; 6134 } 6135 6136 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6137 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6138 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6139 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6140 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6141 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6142 } 6143 6144 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6145 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6146 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6147 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6148 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6149 // the class. 6150 6151 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6152 // member function definition. 6153 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6154 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6155 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6156 } 6157 6158 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6159 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6160 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6161 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6162 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6163 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6164 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6165 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6166 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6167 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6168 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6169 FPT->getNumArgs()), 6170 EPI)); 6171 } 6172 } 6173 6174 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6175 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6176 isExplicitSpecialization || 6177 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6178 6179 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6180 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6181 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6182 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6183 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6184 SE->getString())); 6185 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6186 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6187 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6188 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6189 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6190 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6191 } 6192 } 6193 6194 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6195 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6196 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6197 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6198 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6199 6200 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6201 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6202 // single void argument. 6203 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6204 // already checks for that case. 6205 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 6206 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 6207 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6208 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6209 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 6210 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 6211 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 6212 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 6213 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6214 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6215 Params.push_back(Param); 6216 6217 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6218 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6219 } 6220 } 6221 6222 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6223 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6224 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6225 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6226 // 6227 // @code 6228 // typedef void fn(int); 6229 // fn f; 6230 // @endcode 6231 6232 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6233 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 6234 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 6235 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6236 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6237 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6238 Params.push_back(Param); 6239 } 6240 } else { 6241 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6242 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6243 } 6244 6245 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6246 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6247 6248 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6249 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6250 // 6251 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6252 // 6253 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6254 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6255 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6256 6257 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6258 NewFD->addAttr( 6259 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6260 Context)); 6261 6262 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 6263 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6264 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 6265 6266 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6267 // because all functions have linkage. 6268 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6269 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6270 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6271 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6272 } 6273 6274 // Handle attributes. 6275 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6276 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 6277 6278 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 6279 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6280 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6281 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6282 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6283 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6284 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 6285 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 6286 Context)); 6287 } 6288 } 6289 6290 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6291 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6292 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6293 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6294 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6295 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6296 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6297 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6298 } 6299 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 6300 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6301 D.setRedeclaration(true); 6302 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6303 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6304 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6305 } else { 6306 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 6307 // argument list into our AST format. 6308 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6309 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 6310 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 6311 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6312 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6313 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6314 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 6315 TemplateArgs); 6316 6317 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6318 6319 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6320 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6321 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 6322 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 6323 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 6324 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6325 6326 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6327 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6328 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 6329 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 6330 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 6331 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 6332 // too few of them). 6333 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 6334 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 6335 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 6336 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 6337 "template<> "); 6338 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6339 } else { 6340 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 6341 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6342 } 6343 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6344 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 6345 // wrote something like: 6346 // template <> friend void foo(int); 6347 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 6348 // friend void foo<>(int); 6349 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 6350 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6351 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6352 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6353 } 6354 6355 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 6356 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 6357 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 6358 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 6359 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 6360 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 6361 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 6362 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 6363 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 6364 InstantiationDependent))) { 6365 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 6366 "friend function specialization without template args"); 6367 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 6368 Previous)) 6369 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6370 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6371 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 6372 && !isFriend) { 6373 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 6374 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 6375 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 6376 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 6377 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6378 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 6379 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 6380 Previous)) 6381 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6382 6383 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 6384 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 6385 // specialization (14.7.3) 6386 if (SC != SC_None) { 6387 if (SC != NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 6388 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6389 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 6390 << SC 6391 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6392 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6393 6394 else 6395 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6396 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 6397 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6398 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6399 } 6400 6401 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6402 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 6403 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6404 } 6405 6406 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6407 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6408 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6409 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 6410 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 6411 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6412 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 6413 } else { 6414 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6415 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6416 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6417 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6418 } 6419 } 6420 6421 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6422 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6423 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6424 6425 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 6426 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 6427 : NewFD); 6428 6429 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 6430 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 6431 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6432 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 6433 6434 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 6435 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 6436 6437 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 6438 } 6439 6440 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 6441 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 6442 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 6443 6444 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 6445 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 6446 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6447 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 6448 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 6449 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 6450 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 6451 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 6452 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 6453 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 6454 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 6455 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6456 DC && DC->isRecord() && 6457 DC->isDependentContext()) 6458 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6459 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 6460 } 6461 6462 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6463 // Ignore all the rest of this. 6464 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 6465 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 6466 AddToScope }; 6467 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 6468 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 6469 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6470 6471 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 6472 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6473 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 6474 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 6475 6476 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 6477 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 6478 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 6479 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 6480 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 6481 // can actually do this check immediately. 6482 if (isFriend && 6483 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 6484 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 6485 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 6486 // ignore these 6487 } else { 6488 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 6489 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 6490 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 6491 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 6492 // 6493 // class X { 6494 // void f() const; 6495 // }; 6496 // 6497 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 6498 // 6499 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 6500 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 6501 // whether the parameter types are references). 6502 6503 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6504 NewFD, 6505 ExtraArgs)) { 6506 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6507 return Result; 6508 } 6509 } 6510 6511 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 6512 // to something. 6513 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 6514 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6515 NewFD, 6516 ExtraArgs)) { 6517 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6518 return Result; 6519 } 6520 } 6521 6522 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6523 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6524 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 6525 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 6526 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6527 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6528 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6529 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6530 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6531 // generate them. 6532 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6533 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6534 } 6535 } 6536 6537 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 6538 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 6539 6540 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6541 6542 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6543 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6544 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6545 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6546 << NewFD; 6547 6548 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6549 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6550 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6551 EPI.Variadic = true; 6552 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6553 6554 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 6555 ArrayRef<QualType>(), 6556 EPI); 6557 NewFD->setType(R); 6558 } 6559 6560 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6561 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6562 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->hasExternalLinkage()) 6563 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6564 6565 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6566 // marking the function. 6567 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6568 6569 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 6570 // map of such names. 6571 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 6572 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6573 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 6574 6575 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6576 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6577 6578 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6579 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6580 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6581 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6582 return FunctionTemplate; 6583 } 6584 } 6585 6586 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6587 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6588 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6589 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6590 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6591 D.setInvalidType(); 6592 } 6593 6594 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 6595 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { 6596 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6597 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 6598 D.setInvalidType(); 6599 } 6600 6601 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 6602 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 6603 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 6604 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6605 6606 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6607 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6608 // pointer to a pointer type. 6609 if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) { 6610 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg); 6611 D.setInvalidType(); 6612 } 6613 6614 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6615 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6616 // of event_t type. 6617 if (PT->isEventT()) { 6618 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg); 6619 D.setInvalidType(); 6620 } 6621 } 6622 } 6623 6624 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6625 6626 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6627 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6628 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6629 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6630 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6631 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6632 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6633 6634 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6635 } 6636 } 6637 6638 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6639 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6640 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6641 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6642 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6643 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6644 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6645 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6646 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6647 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6648 AddToScope = false; 6649 } 6650 6651 return NewFD; 6652} 6653 6654/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6655/// 6656/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6657/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6658/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6659/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6660/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6661/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6662/// via InstantiateDecl). 6663/// 6664/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6665/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6666/// 6667/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6668/// 6669/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6670bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6671 LookupResult &Previous, 6672 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6673 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6674 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6675 6676 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6677 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) { 6678 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6679 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6680 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6681 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6682 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 6683 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6684 } 6685 6686 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6687 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6688 6689 bool Redeclaration = false; 6690 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6691 6692 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6693 // the same name, if appropriate. 6694 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6695 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6696 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6697 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6698 // function to the scope. 6699 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6700 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6701 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 6702 Redeclaration = true; 6703 OldDecl = Candidate; 6704 } 6705 } else { 6706 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6707 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6708 case Ovl_Match: 6709 Redeclaration = true; 6710 break; 6711 6712 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6713 Redeclaration = true; 6714 break; 6715 6716 case Ovl_Overload: 6717 Redeclaration = false; 6718 break; 6719 } 6720 6721 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6722 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6723 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6724 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6725 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6726 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6727 if (Redeclaration) 6728 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6729 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6730 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6731 if (OverloadedDecl) 6732 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6733 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6734 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6735 Context)); 6736 } 6737 } 6738 } 6739 6740 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 6741 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 6742 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 6743 // 6744 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 6745 // definition of a static member function. 6746 // 6747 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 6748 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 6749 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6750 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 6751 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 6752 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 6753 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6754 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 6755 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 6756 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 6757 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 6758 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6759 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6760 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6761 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 6762 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6763 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6764 FPT->getNumArgs()), 6765 EPI)); 6766 6767 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 6768 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 6769 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 6770 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 6771 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 6772 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 6773 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 6774 6775 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 6776 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 6777 } 6778 } 6779 } 6780 6781 if (Redeclaration) { 6782 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6783 // merged. 6784 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6785 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6786 return Redeclaration; 6787 } 6788 6789 Previous.clear(); 6790 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6791 6792 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6793 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6794 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6795 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6796 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6797 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6798 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6799 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6800 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6801 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6802 } 6803 6804 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6805 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6806 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6807 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6808 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6809 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6810 } 6811 6812 } else { 6813 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 6814 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6815 6816 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6817 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 6818 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 6819 // because of templates, which means that the previous 6820 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 6821 6822 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 6823 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6824 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 6825 6826 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 6827 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 6828 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 6829 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 6830 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 6831 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 6832 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration()); 6833 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 6834 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 6835 } 6836 } 6837 } 6838 } 6839 } 6840 6841 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6842 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6843 // C++-specific checks. 6844 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6845 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6846 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6847 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6848 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6849 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6850 6851 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6852 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6853 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6854 DeclarationName Name 6855 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6856 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6857 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6858 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6859 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6860 return Redeclaration; 6861 } 6862 } 6863 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6864 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6865 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6866 } 6867 6868 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6869 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6870 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6871 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6872 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6873 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6874 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6875 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6876 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6877 } 6878 } 6879 } 6880 6881 if (Method->isStatic()) 6882 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6883 } 6884 6885 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6886 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6887 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6888 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6889 return Redeclaration; 6890 } 6891 6892 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6893 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6894 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6895 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6896 return Redeclaration; 6897 } 6898 6899 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6900 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6901 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6902 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6903 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6904 6905 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6906 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6907 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6908 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6909 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6910 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6911 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6912 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6913 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6914 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6915 } 6916 } 6917 6918 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6919 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6920 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6921 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 6922 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 6923 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6924 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6925 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6926 << NewFD << R; 6927 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6928 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6929 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6930 } 6931 } 6932 return Redeclaration; 6933} 6934 6935static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6936 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6937 if (!TSI) 6938 return SourceRange(); 6939 6940 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 6941 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 6942 if (!FunctionTL) 6943 return SourceRange(); 6944 6945 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc(); 6946 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 6947 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 6948 6949 return SourceRange(); 6950} 6951 6952void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6953 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6954 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6955 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 6956 // appear in a declaration of main. 6957 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6958 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 6959 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6960 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6961 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6962 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6963 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6964 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6965 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6966 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 6967 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 6968 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 6969 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 6970 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 6971 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 6972 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 6973 } 6974 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6975 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6976 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6977 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6978 } 6979 6980 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6981 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6982 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6983 6984 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6985 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6986 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6987 // set the flag which tells us that. 6988 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6989 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6990 6991 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6992 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6993 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6994 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6995 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6996 6997 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 6998 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 6999 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7000 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7001 7002 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7003 } else { 7004 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7005 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7006 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7007 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7008 else 7009 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 7010 7011 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7012 } 7013 7014 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 7015 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 7016 7017 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 7018 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 7019 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 7020 7021 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 7022 7023 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 7024 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 7025 // getting shifty. 7026 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 7027 HasExtraParameters = false; 7028 7029 if (HasExtraParameters) { 7030 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 7031 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7032 nparams = 3; 7033 } 7034 7035 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 7036 // if we had some location information about types. 7037 7038 QualType CharPP = 7039 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 7040 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 7041 7042 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 7043 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 7044 7045 bool mismatch = true; 7046 7047 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7048 mismatch = false; 7049 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7050 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7051 // char const ** 7052 // char const * const * 7053 // char * const * 7054 7055 QualifierCollector qs; 7056 const PointerType* PT; 7057 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7058 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7059 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7060 Context.CharTy)) { 7061 qs.removeConst(); 7062 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7063 } 7064 } 7065 7066 if (mismatch) { 7067 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7068 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7069 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7070 } 7071 } 7072 7073 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7074 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7075 } 7076 7077 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7078 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 7079 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7080 } 7081} 7082 7083bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7084 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7085 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7086 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7087 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7088 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7089 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7090 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7091 // rules there don't matter.) 7092 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7093 return false; 7094 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7095 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7096 return true; 7097} 7098 7099namespace { 7100 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7101 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7102 class SelfReferenceChecker 7103 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7104 Sema &S; 7105 Decl *OrigDecl; 7106 bool isRecordType; 7107 bool isPODType; 7108 bool isReferenceType; 7109 7110 public: 7111 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7112 7113 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7114 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7115 isPODType = false; 7116 isRecordType = false; 7117 isReferenceType = false; 7118 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7119 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7120 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7121 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7122 } 7123 } 7124 7125 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7126 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7127 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7128 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7129 if (isReferenceType) 7130 return; 7131 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7132 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7133 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7134 return; 7135 } 7136 7137 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 7138 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 7139 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 7140 return; 7141 } 7142 7143 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 7144 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7145 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7146 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 7147 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7148 return; 7149 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7150 } 7151 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 7152 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7153 return; 7154 } 7155 } 7156 7157 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 7158 // bad, not just r-value uses. 7159 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 7160 if (isReferenceType) 7161 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 7162 } 7163 7164 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 7165 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 7166 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 7167 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7168 7169 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 7170 } 7171 7172 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 7173 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 7174 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 7175 7176 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 7177 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 7178 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 7179 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 7180 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7181 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7182 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7183 Warn = false; 7184 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7185 } 7186 7187 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7188 if (Warn) 7189 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7190 return; 7191 } 7192 7193 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7194 // Visit that expression. 7195 Visit(Base); 7196 } 7197 7198 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 7199 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 7200 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 7201 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7202 7203 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 7204 } 7205 7206 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7207 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7208 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7209 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7210 if (!isPODType) 7211 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7212 return; 7213 } 7214 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7215 } 7216 7217 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7218 7219 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7220 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7221 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7222 unsigned diag; 7223 if (isReferenceType) { 7224 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7225 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7226 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7227 } else { 7228 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7229 } 7230 7231 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7232 S.PDiag(diag) 7233 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7234 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7235 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7236 } 7237 }; 7238 7239 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7240 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7241 bool DirectInit) { 7242 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7243 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7244 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7245 return; 7246 7247 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7248 7249 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 7250 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 7251 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 7252 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 7253 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 7254 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 7255 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 7256 return; 7257 7258 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 7259 } 7260} 7261 7262/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 7263/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 7264/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 7265void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 7266 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7267 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 7268 // the initializer. 7269 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7270 return; 7271 7272 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7273 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 7274 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 7275 // Thus this grotesque test. 7276 IntegerLiteral *IL; 7277 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 7278 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 7279 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 7280 else { 7281 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 7282 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 7283 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 7284 } 7285 return; 7286 } 7287 7288 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 7289 if (!VDecl) { 7290 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 7291 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 7292 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7293 return; 7294 } 7295 7296 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 7297 7298 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 7299 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7300 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 7301 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 7302 // contains exactly one expression. 7303 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7304 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 7305 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 7306 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 7307 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 7308 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 7309 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7310 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7311 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7312 return; 7313 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 7314 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 7315 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 7316 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7317 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7318 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7319 return; 7320 } else { 7321 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 7322 } 7323 } 7324 7325 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7326 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 7327 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7328 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7329 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7330 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7331 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7332 return; 7333 } 7334 Init = Result.take(); 7335 DefaultedToAuto = true; 7336 } 7337 7338 QualType DeducedType; 7339 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 7340 DAR_Failed) 7341 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 7342 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 7343 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7344 return; 7345 } 7346 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 7347 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 7348 7349 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 7350 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 7351 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7352 7353 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 7354 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 7355 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 7356 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 7357 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 7358 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 7359 SourceLocation Loc = 7360 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7361 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 7362 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 7363 } 7364 7365 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 7366 // the previously declared type. 7367 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 7368 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*OldWasHidden*/ false); 7369 7370 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 7371 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 7372 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7373 return; 7374 } 7375 7376 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 7377 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 7378 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 7379 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7380 return; 7381 } 7382 7383 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 7384 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 7385 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 7386 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 7387 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 7388 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 7389 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 7390 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 7391 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7392 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7393 return; 7394 } 7395 7396 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7397 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 7398 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7399 AbstractVariableType)) 7400 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7401 } 7402 7403 const VarDecl *Def; 7404 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 7405 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7406 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7407 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7408 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7409 return; 7410 } 7411 7412 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 7413 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7414 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 7415 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 7416 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7417 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 7418 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 7419 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 7420 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 7421 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 7422 // 7423 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 7424 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 7425 // declaration with an initializer. 7426 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 7427 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7428 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7429 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7430 return; 7431 } 7432 7433 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 7434 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7435 7436 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 7437 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7438 return; 7439 } 7440 } 7441 7442 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 7443 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 7444 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 7445 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 7446 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7447 return; 7448 } 7449 7450 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 7451 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 7452 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 7453 7454 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 7455 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 7456 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 7457 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7458 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7459 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7460 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7461 return; 7462 } 7463 Init = Result.take(); 7464 } 7465 7466 // Perform the initialization. 7467 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7468 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 7469 InitializationKind Kind 7470 = DirectInit ? 7471 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 7472 Init->getLocStart(), 7473 Init->getLocEnd()) 7474 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 7475 VDecl->getLocation()) 7476 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 7477 Init->getLocStart()); 7478 7479 Expr **Args = &Init; 7480 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 7481 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7482 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 7483 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 7484 } 7485 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 7486 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 7487 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 7488 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7489 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7490 return; 7491 } 7492 7493 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7494 } 7495 7496 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 7497 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 7498 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 7499 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 7500 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 7501 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 7502 } 7503 7504 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 7505 // completed by the initializer. For example: 7506 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 7507 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 7508 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 7509 VDecl->setType(DclT); 7510 7511 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7512 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 7513 7514 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7515 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 7516 7517 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 7518 // Although this code can still have problems: 7519 // id x = self.weakProp; 7520 // id y = self.weakProp; 7521 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 7522 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 7523 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 7524 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 7525 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 7526 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 7527 Init->getLocStart()); 7528 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7529 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 7530 } 7531 } 7532 7533 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 7534 // 7535 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 7536 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 7537 // full-expression. For instance, in: 7538 // 7539 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 7540 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 7541 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 7542 // 7543 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 7544 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 7545 false, 7546 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 7547 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7548 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7549 return; 7550 } 7551 Init = Result.take(); 7552 7553 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 7554 VDecl->setInit(Init); 7555 7556 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 7557 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 7558 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 7559 // C++ does not have this restriction. 7560 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 7561 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7562 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7563 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 7564 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 7565 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 7566 // 7567 // struct S { 7568 // static const int value = 17; 7569 // }; 7570 7571 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 7572 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 7573 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 7574 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 7575 // 7576 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 7577 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 7578 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7579 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 7580 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 7581 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 7582 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 7583 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 7584 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 7585 7586 // Do nothing on dependent types. 7587 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 7588 7589 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 7590 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 7591 // type. 7592 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 7593 7594 // Require constness. 7595 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 7596 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 7597 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7598 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7599 7600 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 7601 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7602 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 7603 SourceLocation Loc; 7604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 7605 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 7606 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 7607 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 7608 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 7609 ; // Nothing to check. 7610 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 7611 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 7612 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7613 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 7614 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 7615 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7616 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7617 } else { 7618 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 7619 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 7620 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7621 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7622 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7623 } 7624 7625 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 7626 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 7627 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 7628 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 7629 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 7630 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 7631 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7632 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7633 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 7634 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7635 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7636 } else { 7637 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 7638 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7639 7640 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7641 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7642 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7643 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7644 } 7645 } 7646 7647 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 7648 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 7649 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 7650 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 7651 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7652 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 7653 7654 } else { 7655 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 7656 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7657 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7658 } 7659 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 7660 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 7661 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 7662 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 7663 VDecl->isExternC()))) 7664 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 7665 7666 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 7667 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7668 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7669 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 7670 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() && 7671 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() && 7672 !Init->isConstantInitializer( 7673 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) { 7674 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 7675 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 7676 // initialization. 7677 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 7678 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init); 7679 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 7680 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 7681 } 7682 } 7683 7684 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 7685 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 7686 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 7687 // 7688 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 7689 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 7690 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 7691 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 7692 // special case code. 7693 7694 // C++ 8.5p11: 7695 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 7696 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 7697 // class type. 7698 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7699 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 7700 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7701 } else if (DirectInit) { 7702 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 7703 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 7704 } 7705 7706 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 7707} 7708 7709/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 7710/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 7711/// of sanity. 7712void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 7713 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 7714 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 7715 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7716 7717 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7718 if (!VD) return; 7719 7720 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 7721 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 7722 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7723 return; 7724 } 7725 7726 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 7727 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 7728 7729 // Require a complete type. 7730 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 7731 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 7732 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7733 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7734 return; 7735 } 7736 7737 // Require an abstract type. 7738 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7739 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7740 AbstractVariableType)) { 7741 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7742 return; 7743 } 7744 7745 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7746 // though. 7747} 7748 7749void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7750 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7751 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7752 if (RealDecl == 0) 7753 return; 7754 7755 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7756 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7757 7758 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7759 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7760 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7761 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7762 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7763 return; 7764 } 7765 7766 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7767 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7768 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7769 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7770 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7771 // member. 7772 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7773 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7774 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7775 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7776 << Var->getDeclName(); 7777 else 7778 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7779 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7780 return; 7781 } 7782 7783 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7784 case VarDecl::Definition: 7785 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7786 break; 7787 7788 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7789 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7790 // a declaration. 7791 // 7792 // Fall through 7793 7794 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7795 // It's only a declaration. 7796 7797 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7798 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7799 // object shall be complete. 7800 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7801 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7802 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7803 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7804 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7805 7806 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7807 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7808 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7809 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7810 AbstractVariableType)) 7811 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7812 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7813 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7814 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7815 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7816 } 7817 7818 return; 7819 7820 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7821 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7822 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7823 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7824 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7825 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7826 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7827 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7828 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7829 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7830 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7831 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7832 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7833 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7834 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7835 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7836 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7837 // NOTE: code such as the following 7838 // static struct s; 7839 // struct s { int a; }; 7840 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7841 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7842 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7843 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7844 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7845 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7846 } 7847 } 7848 7849 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7850 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7851 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7852 return; 7853 } 7854 7855 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7856 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7857 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7858 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7859 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7860 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7861 return; 7862 } 7863 7864 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7865 // definitions with reference type. 7866 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7867 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7868 << Var->getDeclName() 7869 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7870 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7871 return; 7872 } 7873 7874 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7875 // variable with dependent type. 7876 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7877 return; 7878 7879 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7880 return; 7881 7882 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7883 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7884 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7885 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7886 return; 7887 } 7888 7889 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7890 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7891 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7892 AbstractVariableType)) { 7893 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7894 return; 7895 } 7896 7897 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7898 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7899 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7900 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7901 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7902 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7903 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7904 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7905 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7906 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7907 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7908 if (const RecordType *Record 7909 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7910 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7911 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7912 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7913 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7914 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7915 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7916 } 7917 } 7918 7919 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7920 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7921 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7922 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7923 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7924 // type shall have a user-declared default 7925 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7926 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7927 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7928 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7929 // program is ill-formed. 7930 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7931 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7932 // default-initialized; [...]. 7933 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7934 InitializationKind Kind 7935 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7936 7937 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 7938 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 7939 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7940 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7941 else if (Init.get()) { 7942 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7943 // This is important for template substitution. 7944 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7945 } 7946 7947 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7948 } 7949} 7950 7951void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7952 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7953 if (!VD) { 7954 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7955 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7956 return; 7957 } 7958 7959 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7960 7961 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7962 int Error = -1; 7963 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 7964 case SC_None: 7965 break; 7966 case SC_Extern: 7967 Error = 0; 7968 break; 7969 case SC_Static: 7970 Error = 1; 7971 break; 7972 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7973 Error = 2; 7974 break; 7975 case SC_Auto: 7976 Error = 3; 7977 break; 7978 case SC_Register: 7979 Error = 4; 7980 break; 7981 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 7982 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 7983 } 7984 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 7985 Error = 5; 7986 if (Error != -1) { 7987 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7988 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7989 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7990 } 7991} 7992 7993void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7994 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7995 7996 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7997 // local retaining variable. 7998 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7999 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8000 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 8001 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8002 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8003 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8004 break; 8005 8006 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8007 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8008 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8009 break; 8010 } 8011 } 8012 8013 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8014 var->hasExternalLinkage() && 8015 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 8016 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 8017 var->getLocation())) { 8018 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 8019 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 8020 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 8021 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 8022 8023 if (!prev) 8024 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 8025 } 8026 8027 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8028 var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 8029 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 8030 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 8031 // have a non-trivial destructor. 8032 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 8033 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8034 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8035 } 8036 8037 // All the following checks are C++ only. 8038 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 8039 8040 QualType type = var->getType(); 8041 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 8042 8043 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 8044 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8045 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 8046 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 8047 8048 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 8049 // constructing this copy. 8050 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 8051 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 8052 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 8053 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 8054 ExprResult result 8055 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 8056 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 8057 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 8058 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 8059 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 8060 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8061 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 8062 } 8063 } 8064 } 8065 8066 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 8067 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 8068 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 8069 8070 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8071 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 8072 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 8073 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 8074 var->getLocation()) 8075 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 8076 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 8077 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 8078 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8079 8080 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 8081 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 8082 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 8083 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 8084 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 8085 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 8086 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 8087 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 8088 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 8089 Notes.clear(); 8090 } 8091 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 8092 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 8093 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 8094 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 8095 } 8096 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 8097 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 8098 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 8099 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 8100 var->checkInitIsICE(); 8101 } 8102 } 8103 8104 // Require the destructor. 8105 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 8106 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 8107} 8108 8109/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 8110/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 8111void 8112Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 8113 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 8114 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 8115 8116 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 8117 if (!VD) 8118 return; 8119 8120 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 8121 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8122 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 8123 if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->hasExternalLinkage()) 8124 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 8125 8126 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 8127 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 8128 8129 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 8130 // tag values. 8131 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 8132 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 8133 return; 8134 8135 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 8136 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 8137 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 8138 I != E; ++I) { 8139 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 8140 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 8141 continue; 8142 } 8143 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 8144 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 8145 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8146 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 8147 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8148 continue; 8149 } 8150 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 8151 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8152 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 8153 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8154 continue; 8155 } 8156 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 8157 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 8158 MagicValue, 8159 I->getMatchingCType(), 8160 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 8161 I->getMustBeNull()); 8162 } 8163} 8164 8165Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8166Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 8167 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8168 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 8169 8170 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 8171 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 8172 8173 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8174 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 8175 Decls.push_back(D); 8176 8177 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 8178 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 8179 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 8180 8181 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 8182 DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 8183} 8184 8185/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 8186/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 8187Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8188Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 8189 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8190 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 8191 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 8192 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 8193 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 8194 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 8195 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 8196 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 8197 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 8198 QualType Deduced; 8199 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 8200 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 8201 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 8202 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 8203 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 8204 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 8205 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 8206 break; 8207 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 8208 if (!U.isNull()) { 8209 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 8210 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 8211 Deduced = U; 8212 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 8213 DeducedDecl = D; 8214 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 8215 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 8216 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 8217 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 8218 << U << D->getDeclName() 8219 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 8220 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 8221 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8222 break; 8223 } 8224 } 8225 } 8226 } 8227 } 8228 8229 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 8230 8231 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 8232} 8233 8234void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 8235 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 8236} 8237 8238void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8239 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 8240 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 8241 return; 8242 8243 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 8244 Group[0]->getLocation()) 8245 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8246 return; 8247 8248 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 8249 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 8250 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 8251 // additional declaration references: 8252 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 8253 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 8254 // 'struct S *pS;' 8255 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 8256 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 8257 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 8258 Group++; 8259 NumDecls--; 8260 } 8261 } 8262 8263 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 8264 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 8265 if (!Comments.empty() && 8266 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 8267 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 8268 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 8269 // 8270 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 8271 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 8272 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 8273 // ahead through comments. 8274 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8275 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 8276 } 8277} 8278 8279/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 8280/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 8281Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 8282 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 8283 8284 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 8285 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 8286 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 8287 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 8288 StorageClass = SC_Register; 8289 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8290 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 8291 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 8292 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 8293 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8294 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 8295 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8296 } 8297 8298 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8299 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 8300 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8301 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 8302 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8303 << 0; 8304 8305 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 8306 8307 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8308 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 8309 8310 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8311 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 8312 // parameter. 8313 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8314 8315 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 8316 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8317 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 8318 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8319 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 8320 } 8321 } 8322 8323 // Ensure we have a valid name 8324 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 8325 if (D.hasName()) { 8326 II = D.getIdentifier(); 8327 if (!II) { 8328 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 8329 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 8330 D.setInvalidType(true); 8331 } 8332 } 8333 8334 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 8335 if (II) { 8336 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 8337 ForRedeclaration); 8338 LookupName(R, S); 8339 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 8340 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 8341 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8342 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8343 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8344 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8345 PrevDecl = 0; 8346 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 8347 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 8348 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8349 8350 // Recover by removing the name 8351 II = 0; 8352 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8353 D.setInvalidType(true); 8354 } 8355 } 8356 } 8357 8358 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 8359 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 8360 // looking like class members in C++. 8361 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 8362 D.getLocStart(), 8363 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 8364 parmDeclType, TInfo, 8365 StorageClass); 8366 8367 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8368 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8369 8370 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 8371 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 8372 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 8373 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 8374 8375 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 8376 S->AddDecl(New); 8377 if (II) 8378 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 8379 8380 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 8381 8382 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8383 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8384 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 8385 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8386 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8387 8388 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8389 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 8390 } 8391 return New; 8392} 8393 8394/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 8395/// typedef. 8396ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 8397 SourceLocation Loc, 8398 QualType T) { 8399 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 8400 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 8401 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 8402 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 8403 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 8404 SC_None, 0); 8405 Param->setImplicit(); 8406 return Param; 8407} 8408 8409void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8410 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 8411 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 8412 // will already have done so in the template itself. 8413 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 8414 return; 8415 8416 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8417 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 8418 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 8419 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 8420 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 8421 } 8422 } 8423} 8424 8425void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8426 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 8427 QualType ReturnTy, 8428 NamedDecl *D) { 8429 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 8430 return; 8431 8432 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8433 // threshold. 8434 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 8435 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 8436 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8437 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 8438 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 8439 } 8440 8441 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8442 // threshold. 8443 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8444 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 8445 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 8446 continue; 8447 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 8448 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8449 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 8450 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 8451 } 8452} 8453 8454ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8455 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 8456 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 8457 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 8458 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 8459 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8460 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 8461 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8462 8463 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 8464 8465 // Special cases for arrays: 8466 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 8467 // - otherwise, it's an error 8468 if (T->isArrayType()) { 8469 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 8470 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 8471 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 8472 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 8473 } 8474 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 8475 } else { 8476 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 8477 } 8478 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 8479 } 8480 8481 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 8482 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 8483 TSInfo, 8484 StorageClass, 0); 8485 8486 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 8487 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8488 // the class has been completely parsed. 8489 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 8490 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8491 AbstractParamType)) 8492 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8493 8494 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 8495 // passed by reference. 8496 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 8497 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 8498 Diag(NameLoc, 8499 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 8500 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 8501 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 8502 New->setType(T); 8503 } 8504 8505 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 8506 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 8507 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 8508 // an address space. 8509 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 8510 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 8511 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8512 } 8513 8514 return New; 8515} 8516 8517void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 8518 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 8519 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8520 8521 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 8522 // for a K&R function. 8523 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 8524 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 8525 --i; 8526 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 8527 SmallString<256> Code; 8528 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 8529 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 8530 << ";\n"; 8531 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 8532 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 8533 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 8534 8535 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 8536 // type. 8537 AttributeFactory attrs; 8538 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 8539 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 8540 unsigned DiagID; // unused 8541 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 8542 PrevSpec, DiagID); 8543 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 8544 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8545 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8546 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 8547 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8548 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 8549 } 8550 } 8551 } 8552} 8553 8554Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 8555 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 8556 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 8557 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 8558 8559 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 8560 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 8561 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 8562} 8563 8564static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 8565 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8566 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 8567 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8568 return false; 8569 8570 // Or declarations that aren't global. 8571 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 8572 return false; 8573 8574 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 8575 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 8576 return false; 8577 8578 // Don't warn about 'main'. 8579 if (FD->isMain()) 8580 return false; 8581 8582 // Don't warn about inline functions. 8583 if (FD->isInlined()) 8584 return false; 8585 8586 // Don't warn about function templates. 8587 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8588 return false; 8589 8590 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 8591 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 8592 return false; 8593 8594 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 8595 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 8596 return false; 8597 8598 bool MissingPrototype = true; 8599 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 8600 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 8601 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 8602 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 8603 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8604 continue; 8605 8606 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 8607 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 8608 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 8609 break; 8610 } 8611 8612 return MissingPrototype; 8613} 8614 8615void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8616 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 8617 // was an extern inline function. 8618 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 8619 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 8620 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 8621 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 8622 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 8623 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 8624 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 8625 else 8626 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 8627 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8628 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8629 } 8630} 8631 8632Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 8633 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 8634 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 8635 8636 if (!D) 8637 return D; 8638 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8639 8640 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8641 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8642 else 8643 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8644 8645 // Enter a new function scope 8646 PushFunctionScope(); 8647 8648 // See if this is a redefinition. 8649 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 8650 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 8651 8652 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 8653 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8654 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 8655 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 8656 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8657 } 8658 } 8659 8660 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 8661 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 8662 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 8663 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 8664 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8665 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 8666 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 8667 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8668 8669 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 8670 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 8671 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 8672 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 8673 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 8674 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 8675 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 8676 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 8677 8678 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8679 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 8680 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 8681 TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); 8682 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 8683 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 8684 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 8685 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 8686 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 8687 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 8688 } 8689 } 8690 8691 if (FnBodyScope) 8692 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 8693 8694 // Check the validity of our function parameters 8695 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8696 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 8697 8698 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 8699 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 8700 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 8701 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 8702 8703 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8704 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 8705 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 8706 8707 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 8708 } 8709 } 8710 8711 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 8712 // introduce them into the function scope. 8713 if (FnBodyScope) { 8714 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 8715 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 8716 NamedDecl *D = *I; 8717 8718 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 8719 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 8720 // and reattach to the current context. 8721 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 8722 // Is the decl actually in the context? 8723 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 8724 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 8725 if (*DI == D) { 8726 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 8727 break; 8728 } 8729 } 8730 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 8731 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8732 } 8733 8734 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 8735 if (!D->getName().empty()) 8736 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8737 8738 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 8739 // accessible in this scope. 8740 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 8741 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 8742 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 8743 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8744 } 8745 } 8746 } 8747 8748 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8749 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8750 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8751 8752 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8753 // dllimport attribute. 8754 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8755 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8756 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8757 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8758 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8759 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8760 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8761 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8762 << "dllimport"; 8763 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8764 return D; 8765 } 8766 8767 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8768 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8769 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8770 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8771 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8772 // emitted. 8773 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8774 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8775 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8776 } 8777 } 8778 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8779 // a function template). 8780 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8781 return D; 8782} 8783 8784/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8785/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8786/// optimization. 8787/// 8788/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8789/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8790/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8791/// use the named return value optimization. 8792/// 8793/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8794/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8795/// the NRVO variable. 8796/// 8797/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8798/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8799/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8800void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8801 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8802 8803 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8804 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8805 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8806 return; 8807 8808 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8809 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8810 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8811 return; 8812 } 8813 8814 if (NRVOCandidate) 8815 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8816} 8817 8818bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8819 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8820 return false; 8821 8822 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8823 return true; 8824 8825 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8826 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8827 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8828 else 8829 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8830 8831 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8832 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8833 // rest of the file. 8834 return !FD->isConstexpr(); 8835} 8836 8837Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8838 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8839 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8840 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8841 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8842 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8843} 8844 8845Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8846 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8847} 8848 8849Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8850 bool IsInstantiation) { 8851 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8852 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8853 if (FunTmpl) 8854 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8855 else 8856 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8857 8858 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8859 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8860 8861 if (FD) { 8862 FD->setBody(Body); 8863 8864 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 8865 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 8866 // is the first declaration. 8867 if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 8868 if (FD->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 8869 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8870 else if (FD->isInlined() && 8871 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 8872 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 8873 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8874 } 8875 8876 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8877 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8878 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8879 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8880 8881 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8882 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8883 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8884 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8885 8886 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8887 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8888 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8889 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8890 8891 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8892 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8893 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8894 8895 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8896 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8897 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8898 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8899 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8900 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8901 } 8902 8903 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8904 "Function parsing confused"); 8905 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8906 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8907 MD->setBody(Body); 8908 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8909 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8910 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8911 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8912 8913 if (Body) 8914 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8915 } 8916 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8917 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8918 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8919 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8920 } 8921 } else { 8922 return 0; 8923 } 8924 8925 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8926 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8927 "handled in the block above."); 8928 8929 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8930 if (Body) { 8931 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8932 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8933 // Verify this. 8934 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8935 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8936 8937 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8938 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8939 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8940 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8941 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8942 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8943 8944 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8945 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8946 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8947 8948 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8949 Destructor->getParent()); 8950 } 8951 8952 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8953 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8954 // deletion in some later function. 8955 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8956 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8957 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8958 } 8959 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 8960 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 8961 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 8962 // enabled. 8963 ActivePolicy = &WP; 8964 } 8965 8966 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8967 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 8968 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 8969 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8970 8971 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 8972 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 8973 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 8974 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 8975 } 8976 8977 if (!IsInstantiation) 8978 PopDeclContext(); 8979 8980 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 8981 8982 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8983 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8984 // deletion in some later function. 8985 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 8986 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8987 } 8988 8989 return dcl; 8990} 8991 8992 8993/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 8994/// relevant Decl. 8995void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 8996 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 8997 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 8998 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 8999 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9000 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 9001 9002 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 9003 if (Method->isStatic()) 9004 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 9005} 9006 9007 9008/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 9009/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 9010NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 9011 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 9012 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 9013 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 9014 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 9015 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 9016 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 9017 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 9018 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 9019 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 9020 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9021 return Pos->second; 9022 } 9023 9024 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 9025 unsigned diag_id; 9026 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9027 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 9028 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 9029 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 9030 else 9031 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 9032 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 9033 9034 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 9035 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 9036 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 9037 TypoCorrection Corrected; 9038 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 9039 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 9040 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 9041 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 9042 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 9043 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 9044 9045 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 9046 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 9047 9048 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 9049 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9050 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 9051 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 9052 } 9053 } 9054 9055 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 9056 const char *Dummy; 9057 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 9058 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 9059 unsigned DiagID; 9060 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 9061 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 9062 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 9063 SourceLocation NoLoc; 9064 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 9065 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 9066 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 9067 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9068 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 9069 /*NumArgs=*/0, 9070 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 9071 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9072 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 9073 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 9074 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9075 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9076 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9077 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 9078 EST_None, 9079 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 9080 /*Exceptions=*/0, 9081 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 9082 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 9083 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 9084 Loc, Loc, D), 9085 DS.getAttributes(), 9086 SourceLocation()); 9087 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 9088 9089 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 9090 9091 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 9092 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9093 9094 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 9095 FD->setImplicit(); 9096 9097 CurContext = PrevDC; 9098 9099 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 9100 9101 return FD; 9102} 9103 9104/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 9105/// the declaration of this function. 9106/// 9107/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 9108/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 9109/// like NSLog or printf. 9110/// 9111/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 9112/// attributes are applied to declarations. 9113void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9114 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9115 return; 9116 9117 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 9118 // actual attributes. 9119 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9120 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 9121 unsigned FormatIdx; 9122 bool HasVAListArg; 9123 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 9124 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 9125 const char *fmt = "printf"; 9126 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 9127 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 9128 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9129 fmt = "NSString"; 9130 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9131 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 9132 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9133 } 9134 } 9135 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 9136 HasVAListArg)) { 9137 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9138 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9139 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 9140 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9141 } 9142 9143 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 9144 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 9145 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 9146 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 9147 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 9148 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9149 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9150 } 9151 9152 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 9153 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 9154 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9155 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 9156 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9157 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9158 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9159 } 9160 9161 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 9162 if (!Name) 9163 return; 9164 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9165 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 9166 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 9167 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 9168 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 9169 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 9170 // about. 9171 } else 9172 return; 9173 9174 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 9175 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 9176 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 9177 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9178 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9179 "printf", 2, 9180 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 9181 } 9182 9183 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 9184 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 9185 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 9186 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 9187 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 9188 } 9189} 9190 9191TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 9192 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 9193 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 9194 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 9195 9196 if (!TInfo) { 9197 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 9198 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 9199 } 9200 9201 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 9202 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9203 D.getLocStart(), 9204 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 9205 D.getIdentifier(), 9206 TInfo); 9207 9208 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 9209 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 9210 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 9211 return NewTD; 9212 } 9213 9214 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 9215 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9216 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9217 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 9218 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9219 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9220 else 9221 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 9222 } 9223 9224 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 9225 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 9226 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 9227 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 9228 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 9229 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 9230 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 9231 case TST_enum: 9232 case TST_struct: 9233 case TST_interface: 9234 case TST_union: 9235 case TST_class: { 9236 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 9237 9238 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 9239 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 9240 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 9241 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 9242 9243 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 9244 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 9245 9246 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 9247 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 9248 break; 9249 9250 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 9251 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 9252 break; 9253 } 9254 9255 default: 9256 break; 9257 } 9258 9259 return NewTD; 9260} 9261 9262 9263/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 9264bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 9265 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9266 QualType T = TI->getType(); 9267 9268 if (T->isDependentType()) 9269 return false; 9270 9271 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 9272 if (BT->isInteger()) 9273 return false; 9274 9275 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 9276 return true; 9277} 9278 9279/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 9280/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 9281bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 9282 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 9283 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 9284 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 9285 9286 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 9287 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 9288 << Prev->isScoped(); 9289 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9290 return true; 9291 } 9292 9293 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 9294 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 9295 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 9296 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 9297 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 9298 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 9299 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 9300 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9301 return true; 9302 } 9303 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 9304 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 9305 << Prev->isFixed(); 9306 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9307 return true; 9308 } 9309 9310 return false; 9311} 9312 9313/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 9314/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 9315/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 9316/// 9317/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 9318static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 9319 switch (Tag) { 9320 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 9321 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 9322 case TTK_Class: return 2; 9323 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 9324 } 9325} 9326 9327/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 9328/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 9329/// 9330/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 9331static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 9332{ 9333 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 9334} 9335 9336/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 9337/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 9338/// 9339/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 9340bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 9341 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 9342 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 9343 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 9344 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 9345 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 9346 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 9347 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 9348 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 9349 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 9350 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 9351 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 9352 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 9353 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 9354 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 9355 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 9356 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 9357 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 9358 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 9359 if (OldTag == NewTag) 9360 return true; 9361 9362 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 9363 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 9364 bool isTemplate = false; 9365 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 9366 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9367 9368 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9369 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 9370 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 9371 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9372 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9373 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9374 return true; 9375 } 9376 9377 if (isDefinition) { 9378 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 9379 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 9380 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9381 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 9382 return true; 9383 } 9384 9385 bool previousMismatch = false; 9386 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 9387 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 9388 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 9389 if (!previousMismatch) { 9390 previousMismatch = true; 9391 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 9392 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9393 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 9394 } 9395 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9396 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 9397 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 9398 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 9399 } 9400 } 9401 return true; 9402 } 9403 9404 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 9405 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 9406 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 9407 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 9408 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 9409 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 9410 return true; 9411 } 9412 9413 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9414 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9415 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9416 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9417 9418 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 9419 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9420 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9421 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 9422 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 9423 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 9424 } 9425 9426 return true; 9427 } 9428 return false; 9429} 9430 9431/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 9432/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 9433/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 9434/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 9435Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 9436 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 9437 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 9438 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 9439 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 9440 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 9441 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 9442 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 9443 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 9444 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 9445 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 9446 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 9447 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 9448 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 9449 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 9450 9451 OwnedDecl = false; 9452 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 9453 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 9454 9455 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 9456 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 9457 bool Invalid = false; 9458 9459 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 9460 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 9461 // for non-C++ cases. 9462 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 9463 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 9464 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 9465 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 9466 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 9467 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9468 TUK == TUK_Friend, 9469 isExplicitSpecialization, 9470 Invalid)) { 9471 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9472 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 9473 return 0; 9474 } 9475 9476 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 9477 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 9478 // be a member of another template). 9479 9480 if (Invalid) 9481 return 0; 9482 9483 OwnedDecl = false; 9484 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 9485 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 9486 TemplateParams, AS, 9487 ModulePrivateLoc, 9488 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 9489 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9490 return Result.get(); 9491 } else { 9492 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 9493 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 9494 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 9495 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 9496 } 9497 } 9498 } 9499 9500 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 9501 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 9502 // redeclaration. 9503 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 9504 9505 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9506 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 9507 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 9508 // type, default to int. 9509 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9510 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 9511 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 9512 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 9513 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 9514 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 9515 EnumUnderlying = TI; 9516 9517 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 9518 // Recover by falling back to int. 9519 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9520 9521 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 9522 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 9523 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9524 9525 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9526 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 9527 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9528 } 9529 9530 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 9531 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 9532 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 9533 9534 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 9535 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 9536 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 9537 9538 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 9539 9540 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9541 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 9542 9543 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 9544 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 9545 Name = 0; 9546 goto CreateNewDecl; 9547 } 9548 9549 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 9550 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 9551 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9552 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 9553 if (!DC) { 9554 IsDependent = true; 9555 return 0; 9556 } 9557 } else { 9558 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 9559 if (!DC) { 9560 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 9561 << SS.getRange(); 9562 return 0; 9563 } 9564 } 9565 9566 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 9567 return 0; 9568 9569 SearchDC = DC; 9570 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 9571 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 9572 9573 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9574 return 0; 9575 9576 if (Previous.empty()) { 9577 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 9578 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 9579 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 9580 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 9581 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 9582 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 9583 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 9584 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9585 IsDependent = true; 9586 return 0; 9587 } 9588 9589 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 9590 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 9591 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 9592 Name = 0; 9593 Invalid = true; 9594 goto CreateNewDecl; 9595 } 9596 } else if (Name) { 9597 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 9598 // declaration or definition. 9599 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 9600 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 9601 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 9602 LookupName(Previous, S); 9603 9604 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 9605 // by types using'ed into this scope. 9606 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 9607 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 9608 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9609 while (F.hasNext()) { 9610 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9611 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 9612 F.erase(); 9613 } 9614 F.done(); 9615 } 9616 9617 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 9618 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 9619 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 9620 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 9621 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 9622 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 9623 // 9624 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 9625 // semantic context? 9626 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9627 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9628 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9629 while (F.hasNext()) { 9630 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9631 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9632 if (DC->isFileContext() && !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) 9633 F.erase(); 9634 } 9635 F.done(); 9636 } 9637 9638 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 9639 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9640 return 0; 9641 9642 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 9643 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 9644 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 9645 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 9646 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 9647 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 9648 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9649 } 9650 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 9651 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 9652 // initial context to the translation unit. 9653 // FIXME: [citation needed] 9654 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9655 } 9656 9657 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 9658 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 9659 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9660 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9661 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9662 Previous.clear(); 9663 } 9664 9665 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 9666 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 9667 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 9668 isStdBadAlloc = true; 9669 9670 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 9671 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 9672 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 9673 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 9674 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 9675 } 9676 } 9677 9678 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 9679 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 9680 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 9681 // there's a shadow friend decl. 9682 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 9683 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9684 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 9685 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 9686 9687 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9688 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 9689 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 9690 // 9691 // class-key identifier 9692 // 9693 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 9694 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 9695 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 9696 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 9697 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 9698 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 9699 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 9700 // declaration. 9701 // 9702 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 9703 // C structs and unions. 9704 // 9705 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 9706 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 9707 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 9708 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 9709 // 9710 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 9711 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 9712 // 9713 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 9714 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 9715 // lexical context, 9716 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9717 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9718 9719 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 9720 while (S->isClassScope() || 9721 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9722 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 9723 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 9724 (S->getEntity() && 9725 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 9726 S = S->getParent(); 9727 } else { 9728 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 9729 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 9730 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 9731 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 9732 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 9733 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9734 } 9735 9736 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 9737 // diagnose some problems. 9738 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9739 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 9740 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 9741 } 9742 } 9743 9744 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9745 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 9746 9747 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 9748 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 9749 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 9750 // in C++. 9751 // 9752 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 9753 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 9754 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 9755 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 9756 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9757 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9758 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 9759 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 9760 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 9761 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 9762 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 9763 PrevDecl = Tag; 9764 Previous.clear(); 9765 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 9766 Previous.resolveKind(); 9767 } 9768 } 9769 } 9770 } 9771 9772 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9773 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 9774 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 9775 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 9776 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 9777 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9778 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 9779 // struct or something similar. 9780 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 9781 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 9782 *Name)) { 9783 bool SafeToContinue 9784 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 9785 Kind != TTK_Enum); 9786 if (SafeToContinue) 9787 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 9788 << Name 9789 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 9790 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 9791 else 9792 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 9793 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9794 9795 if (SafeToContinue) 9796 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 9797 else { 9798 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 9799 Name = 0; 9800 Previous.clear(); 9801 Invalid = true; 9802 } 9803 } 9804 9805 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 9806 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 9807 9808 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 9809 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 9810 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9811 if (ScopedEnum) 9812 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 9813 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 9814 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 9815 return PrevTagDecl; 9816 } 9817 9818 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9819 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9820 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9821 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9822 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9823 9824 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9825 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9826 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9827 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9828 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9829 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9830 } 9831 9832 if (!Invalid) { 9833 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9834 9835 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9836 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9837 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9838 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9839 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9840 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9841 return PrevTagDecl; 9842 9843 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9844 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9845 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9846 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9847 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9848 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9849 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9850 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9851 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9852 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9853 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9854 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9855 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9856 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9857 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9858 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9859 } 9860 9861 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9862 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9863 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9864 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9865 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9866 else 9867 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9868 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9869 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9870 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9871 // references get the previous definition. 9872 Name = 0; 9873 Previous.clear(); 9874 Invalid = true; 9875 } 9876 } else { 9877 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9878 // about a nested redefinition. 9879 const TagType *Tag 9880 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9881 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9882 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9883 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9884 diag::note_previous_definition); 9885 Name = 0; 9886 Previous.clear(); 9887 Invalid = true; 9888 } 9889 } 9890 9891 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9892 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9893 } 9894 } 9895 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9896 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9897 9898 } else { 9899 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9900 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9901 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9902 // have distinct types. 9903 Previous.clear(); 9904 } 9905 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9906 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9907 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9908 9909 9910 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9911 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9912 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9913 } else { 9914 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9915 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9916 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9917 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9918 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9919 unsigned Kind = 0; 9920 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9921 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9922 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9923 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9924 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9925 Invalid = true; 9926 9927 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9928 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9929 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9930 // do nothing 9931 9932 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9933 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9934 unsigned Kind = 0; 9935 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9936 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9937 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9938 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9939 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9940 Invalid = true; 9941 9942 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9943 // case here. 9944 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9945 unsigned Kind = 0; 9946 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9947 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9948 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9949 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9950 Invalid = true; 9951 9952 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9953 } else { 9954 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9955 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9956 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9957 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9958 Name = 0; 9959 Invalid = true; 9960 } 9961 9962 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 9963 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 9964 Previous.clear(); 9965 } 9966 } 9967 9968CreateNewDecl: 9969 9970 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9971 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 9972 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9973 9974 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 9975 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 9976 // keyword. 9977 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 9978 9979 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 9980 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 9981 // PrevDecl. 9982 TagDecl *New; 9983 9984 bool IsForwardReference = false; 9985 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9986 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9987 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 9988 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9989 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 9990 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 9991 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 9992 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 9993 TagDecl *Def; 9994 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 9995 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 9996 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 9997 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 9998 } 9999 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 10000 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 10001 << New; 10002 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10003 } else { 10004 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 10005 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 10006 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 10007 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10008 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 10009 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 10010 10011 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 10012 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 10013 // the declaration context. 10014 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 10015 IsForwardReference = true; 10016 } 10017 } 10018 10019 if (EnumUnderlying) { 10020 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 10021 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10022 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 10023 else 10024 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 10025 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 10026 } 10027 10028 } else { 10029 // struct/union/class 10030 10031 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10032 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 10033 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10034 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 10035 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10036 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10037 10038 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 10039 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 10040 } else 10041 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10042 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10043 } 10044 10045 // Maybe add qualifier info. 10046 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10047 if (SS.isSet()) { 10048 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 10049 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 10050 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 10051 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 10052 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 10053 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 10054 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 10055 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 10056 Invalid = true; 10057 10058 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 10059 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 10060 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 10061 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 10062 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10063 } 10064 } 10065 else 10066 Invalid = true; 10067 } 10068 10069 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 10070 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 10071 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 10072 // 10073 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 10074 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 10075 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 10076 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 10077 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 10078 // parsing of the struct). 10079 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10080 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 10081 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 10082 } 10083 } 10084 10085 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 10086 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 10087 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 10088 << 2 10089 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 10090 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 10091 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 10092 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 10093 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10094 New->setModulePrivate(); 10095 } 10096 10097 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 10098 // check the specialization. 10099 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 10100 Invalid = true; 10101 10102 if (Invalid) 10103 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10104 10105 if (Attr) 10106 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10107 10108 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 10109 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 10110 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10111 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 10112 10113 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 10114 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 10115 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10116 10117 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 10118 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 10119 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 10120 // the tag name visible. 10121 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 10122 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 10123 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 10124 10125 // Set the access specifier. 10126 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 10127 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 10128 10129 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 10130 New->startDefinition(); 10131 10132 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10133 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10134 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 10135 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 10136 if (PrevDecl) 10137 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 10138 10139 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10140 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10141 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 10142 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 10143 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 10144 } else if (Name) { 10145 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10146 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 10147 if (IsForwardReference) 10148 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10149 10150 } else { 10151 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10152 } 10153 10154 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 10155 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 10156 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 10157 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 10158 II->isStr("FILE")) 10159 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 10160 10161 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 10162 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 10163 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10164 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 10165 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 10166 10167 if (PrevDecl) 10168 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 10169 10170 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10171 // record. 10172 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 10173 10174 OwnedDecl = true; 10175 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 10176 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 10177 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 10178} 10179 10180void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10181 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10182 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10183 10184 // Enter the tag context. 10185 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 10186 10187 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 10188 10189 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10190 // record. 10191 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 10192} 10193 10194Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 10195 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 10196 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 10197 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 10198 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 10199 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 10200 CurContext = OCD; 10201 return IDecl; 10202} 10203 10204void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10205 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 10206 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 10207 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10208 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 10209 10210 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 10211 10212 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 10213 return; 10214 10215 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 10216 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 10217 10218 // C++ [class]p2: 10219 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 10220 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 10221 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 10222 // as if it were a public member name. 10223 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 10224 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 10225 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 10226 Record->getIdentifier(), 10227 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 10228 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 10229 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 10230 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 10231 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 10232 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 10233 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 10234 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 10235 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 10236 "Broken injected-class-name"); 10237} 10238 10239void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10240 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 10241 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10242 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10243 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 10244 10245 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10246 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10247 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 10248 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10249 RD->completeDefinition(); 10250 } 10251 10252 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 10253 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 10254 10255 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 10256 PopDeclContext(); 10257 10258 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10259 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 10260 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 10261 10262 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 10263 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 10264} 10265 10266void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 10267 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 10268 PopDeclContext(); 10269} 10270 10271void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10272 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 10273 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 10274 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 10275} 10276 10277void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10278 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 10279 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 10280} 10281 10282void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10283 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10284 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10285 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 10286 10287 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10288 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10289 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10290 RD->completeDefinition(); 10291 } 10292 10293 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 10294 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 10295 // the FieldCollector. 10296 10297 PopDeclContext(); 10298} 10299 10300// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 10301ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 10302 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 10303 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 10304 bool *ZeroWidth) { 10305 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 10306 if (ZeroWidth) 10307 *ZeroWidth = true; 10308 10309 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 10310 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 10311 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10312 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 10313 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 10314 return ExprError(); 10315 if (FieldName) 10316 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 10317 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10318 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 10319 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10320 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 10321 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 10322 return ExprError(); 10323 10324 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 10325 // it now. 10326 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 10327 return Owned(BitWidth); 10328 10329 llvm::APSInt Value; 10330 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 10331 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 10332 return ICE; 10333 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 10334 10335 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 10336 *ZeroWidth = false; 10337 10338 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 10339 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 10340 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 10341 10342 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 10343 if (FieldName) 10344 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10345 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 10346 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10347 << Value.toString(10); 10348 } 10349 10350 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 10351 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 10352 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 10353 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10354 if (FieldName) 10355 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10356 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10357 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10358 10359 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10360 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10361 } 10362 10363 if (FieldName) 10364 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10365 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10366 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10367 else 10368 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10369 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10370 } 10371 } 10372 10373 return Owned(BitWidth); 10374} 10375 10376/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 10377/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 10378Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 10379 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 10380 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 10381 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 10382 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 10383 return Res; 10384} 10385 10386/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 10387/// 10388FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 10389 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10390 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 10391 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10392 AccessSpecifier AS) { 10393 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10394 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10395 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10396 10397 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10398 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10399 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10400 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10401 10402 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 10403 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 10404 D.setInvalidType(); 10405 T = Context.IntTy; 10406 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 10407 } 10408 } 10409 10410 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 10411 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 10412 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 10413 D.setInvalidType(); 10414 } 10415 10416 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 10417 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 10418 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 10419 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 10420 D.setInvalidType(); 10421 } 10422 10423 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 10424 10425 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10426 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10427 diag::err_invalid_thread) 10428 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10429 10430 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 10431 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10432 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 10433 LookupName(Previous, S); 10434 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 10435 case LookupResult::Found: 10436 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 10437 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 10438 break; 10439 10440 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 10441 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10442 break; 10443 10444 case LookupResult::NotFound: 10445 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 10446 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 10447 break; 10448 } 10449 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 10450 10451 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10452 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10453 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10454 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10455 PrevDecl = 0; 10456 } 10457 10458 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 10459 PrevDecl = 0; 10460 10461 bool Mutable 10462 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 10463 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 10464 FieldDecl *NewFD 10465 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 10466 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 10467 10468 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 10469 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10470 10471 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10472 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 10473 10474 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 10475 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 10476 // with the same name in the same scope. 10477 } else if (II) { 10478 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 10479 } else 10480 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 10481 10482 return NewFD; 10483} 10484 10485/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 10486/// 10487/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 10488/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 10489/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 10490/// created. 10491/// 10492/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 10493/// 10494/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 10495FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 10496 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 10497 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 10498 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 10499 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10500 SourceLocation TSSL, 10501 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 10502 Declarator *D) { 10503 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 10504 bool InvalidDecl = false; 10505 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 10506 10507 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 10508 // marking this declaration as invalid. 10509 if (T.isNull()) { 10510 InvalidDecl = true; 10511 T = Context.IntTy; 10512 } 10513 10514 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 10515 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10516 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10517 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 10518 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10519 InvalidDecl = true; 10520 } else { 10521 NamedDecl *Def; 10522 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 10523 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 10524 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10525 InvalidDecl = true; 10526 } 10527 } 10528 } 10529 10530 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 10531 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10532 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 10533 InvalidDecl = true; 10534 } 10535 10536 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10537 // than a variably modified type. 10538 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10539 bool SizeIsNegative; 10540 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 10541 10542 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 10543 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 10544 SizeIsNegative, 10545 Oversized); 10546 if (FixedTInfo) { 10547 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 10548 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 10549 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 10550 } else { 10551 if (SizeIsNegative) 10552 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 10553 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 10554 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 10555 << Oversized.toString(10); 10556 else 10557 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 10558 InvalidDecl = true; 10559 } 10560 } 10561 10562 // Fields can not have abstract class types 10563 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 10564 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10565 AbstractFieldType)) 10566 InvalidDecl = true; 10567 10568 bool ZeroWidth = false; 10569 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 10570 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 10571 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 10572 if (!BitWidth) { 10573 InvalidDecl = true; 10574 BitWidth = 0; 10575 ZeroWidth = false; 10576 } 10577 } 10578 10579 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 10580 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 10581 unsigned DiagID = 0; 10582 if (T->isReferenceType()) 10583 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 10584 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 10585 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 10586 10587 if (DiagID) { 10588 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 10589 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 10590 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 10591 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 10592 Mutable = false; 10593 InvalidDecl = true; 10594 } 10595 } 10596 10597 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 10598 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 10599 if (InvalidDecl) 10600 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10601 10602 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10603 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10604 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10605 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10606 } 10607 10608 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10609 if (Record->isUnion()) { 10610 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10611 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10612 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10613 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 10614 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 10615 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 10616 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 10617 // objects. 10618 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 10619 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10620 } 10621 } 10622 10623 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 10624 // the program is ill-formed. 10625 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 10626 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 10627 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 10628 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10629 } 10630 } 10631 } 10632 10633 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 10634 // representation, not a parser representation. 10635 if (D) { 10636 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 10637 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 10638 10639 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 10640 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 10641 } 10642 10643 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 10644 // retainable type. 10645 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 10646 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10647 10648 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 10649 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 10650 10651 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 10652 return NewFD; 10653} 10654 10655bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 10656 assert(FD); 10657 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 10658 10659 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10660 return true; 10661 10662 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10663 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10664 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10665 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10666 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 10667 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 10668 // copy constructors. 10669 10670 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 10671 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 10672 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 10673 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 10674 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 10675 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 10676 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 10677 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 10678 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 10679 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 10680 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 10681 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 10682 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 10683 member = CXXDestructor; 10684 10685 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 10686 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10687 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 10688 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 10689 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 10690 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 10691 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 10692 // members unavailable. 10693 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 10694 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 10695 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 10696 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 10697 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10698 return false; 10699 } 10700 } 10701 10702 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 10703 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 10704 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 10705 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 10706 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 10707 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 10708 } 10709 } 10710 } 10711 10712 return false; 10713} 10714 10715/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 10716/// AST enum value. 10717static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 10718TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 10719 switch (ivarVisibility) { 10720 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 10721 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 10722 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 10723 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 10724 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 10725 } 10726} 10727 10728/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 10729/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 10730Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 10731 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10732 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 10733 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 10734 10735 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10736 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 10737 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10738 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10739 10740 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 10741 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 10742 10743 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10744 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10745 10746 if (BitWidth) { 10747 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 10748 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 10749 if (!BitWidth) 10750 D.setInvalidType(); 10751 } else { 10752 // Not a bitfield. 10753 10754 // validate II. 10755 10756 } 10757 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 10758 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 10759 D.setInvalidType(); 10760 } 10761 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10762 // than a variably modified type. 10763 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10764 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 10765 D.setInvalidType(); 10766 } 10767 10768 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 10769 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 10770 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 10771 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 10772 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 10773 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 10774 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10775 return 0; 10776 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 10777 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10778 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10779 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 10780 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 10781 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 10782 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 10783 } 10784 else 10785 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10786 } else { 10787 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10788 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10789 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 10790 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 10791 return 0; 10792 } 10793 } 10794 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10795 } 10796 10797 // Construct the decl. 10798 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 10799 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 10800 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 10801 10802 if (II) { 10803 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 10804 ForRedeclaration); 10805 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 10806 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10807 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10808 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10809 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10810 } 10811 } 10812 10813 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 10814 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10815 10816 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10817 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10818 10819 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10820 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10821 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10822 10823 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10824 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10825 10826 if (II) { 10827 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10828 // these to the interface. 10829 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10830 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10831 } 10832 10833 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10834 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10835 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10836 10837 return NewID; 10838} 10839 10840/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10841/// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 10842/// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10843/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10844void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10845 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10846 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10847 return; 10848 10849 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10850 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10851 10852 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10853 return; 10854 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10855 if (!ID) { 10856 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10857 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10858 return; 10859 } 10860 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10861 else 10862 return; 10863 } 10864 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10865 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10866 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10867 10868 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10869 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10870 Context.CharTy, 10871 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10872 DeclLoc), 10873 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10874 true); 10875 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10876} 10877 10878void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10879 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10880 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10881 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10882 AttributeList *Attr) { 10883 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10884 10885 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10886 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10887 // it will now change. 10888 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10889 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10890 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10891 default: break; 10892 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10893 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10894 break; 10895 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10896 Context. 10897 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10898 break; 10899 } 10900 } 10901 10902 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10903 10904 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10905 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10906 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10907 if (Record) { 10908 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10909 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10910 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10911 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10912 ++NumNamedMembers; 10913 } 10914 } 10915 10916 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10917 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10918 10919 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10920 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10921 i != end; ++i) { 10922 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10923 10924 // Get the type for the field. 10925 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10926 10927 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10928 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10929 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10930 } 10931 10932 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10933 // diagnostics about it. 10934 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10935 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10936 continue; 10937 } 10938 10939 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10940 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10941 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10942 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10943 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10944 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10945 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10946 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10947 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10948 // array. 10949 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10950 // Field declared as a function. 10951 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10952 << FD->getDeclName(); 10953 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10954 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10955 continue; 10956 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10957 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10958 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10959 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10960 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 10961 // Flexible array member. 10962 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 10963 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 10964 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 10965 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 10966 if (Record->isUnion()) 10967 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 10968 << FD->getDeclName(); 10969 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10970 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 10971 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10972 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10973 if (Record->isUnion()) 10974 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10975 << FD->getDeclName(); 10976 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10977 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 10978 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10979 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 10980 if (Record->isUnion()) 10981 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10982 << FD->getDeclName(); 10983 else 10984 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 10985 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10986 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10987 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10988 << FD->getDeclName(); 10989 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10990 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10991 continue; 10992 } 10993 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10994 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10995 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10996 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10997 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10998 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10999 continue; 11000 } 11001 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 11002 if (Record) 11003 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11004 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 11005 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11006 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11007 // Incomplete type 11008 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11009 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11010 continue; 11011 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11012 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 11013 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 11014 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 11015 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11016 } else { 11017 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 11018 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 11019 // structures. 11020 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 11021 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 11022 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11023 else { 11024 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 11025 // other structs as an extension. 11026 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 11027 << FD->getDeclName(); 11028 if (Record) 11029 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11030 } 11031 } 11032 } 11033 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 11034 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11035 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11036 AbstractIvarType)) { 11037 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 11038 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11039 } 11040 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11041 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11042 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 11043 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11044 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 11045 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 11046 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 11047 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 11048 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 11049 FD->setType(T); 11050 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 11051 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 11052 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 11053 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 11054 // so we just make the field unavailable. 11055 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 11056 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 11057 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11058 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 11059 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 11060 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 11061 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 11062 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 11063 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 11064 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 11065 } 11066 } else { 11067 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 11068 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 11069 } 11070 ARCErrReported = true; 11071 } 11072 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11073 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 11074 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 11075 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11076 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 11077 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11078 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 11079 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11080 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 11081 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11082 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11083 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11084 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 11085 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11086 } 11087 } 11088 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 11089 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11090 // Keep track of the number of named members. 11091 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 11092 ++NumNamedMembers; 11093 } 11094 11095 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 11096 if (Record) { 11097 bool Completed = false; 11098 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 11099 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 11100 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 11101 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 11102 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 11103 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 11104 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 11105 11106 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 11107 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 11108 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 11109 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 11110 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11111 11112 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 11113 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 11114 11115 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 11116 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 11117 // problem now. 11118 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 11119 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 11120 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 11121 11122 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 11123 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 11124 M != MEnd; ++M) { 11125 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 11126 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 11127 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 11128 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 11129 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 11130 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 11131 continue; 11132 11133 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 11134 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 11135 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 11136 // program is ill-formed. 11137 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 11138 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 11139 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 11140 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 11141 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 11142 OM = SO->second.begin(), 11143 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 11144 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 11145 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 11146 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 11147 11148 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11149 } 11150 } 11151 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 11152 Completed = true; 11153 } 11154 } 11155 } 11156 } 11157 11158 if (!Completed) 11159 Record->completeDefinition(); 11160 11161 if (Record->hasAttrs()) 11162 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 11163 } else { 11164 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 11165 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 11166 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11167 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 11168 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 11169 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11170 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 11171 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11172 } 11173 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 11174 // duplicates. 11175 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 11176 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 11177 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11178 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11179 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 11180 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 11181 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 11182 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 11183 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 11184 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 11185 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11186 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11187 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11188 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11189 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 11190 // reported as errors elsewhere. 11191 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 11192 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 11193 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 11194 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 11195 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 11196 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11197 if (IDecl) { 11198 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 11199 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11200 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11201 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11202 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11203 continue; 11204 } 11205 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 11206 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 11207 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 11208 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 11209 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 11210 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11211 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11212 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11213 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11214 continue; 11215 } 11216 } 11217 } 11218 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 11219 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11220 } 11221 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11222 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11223 } 11224 } 11225 11226 if (Attr) 11227 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 11228} 11229 11230/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 11231/// the given type T. 11232static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 11233 llvm::APSInt &Value, 11234 QualType T) { 11235 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11236 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 11237 11238 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 11239 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 11240 --BitWidth; 11241 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 11242 } 11243 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 11244} 11245 11246// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 11247// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 11248static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 11249 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 11250 // enum checking below. 11251 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11252 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 11253 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11254 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 11255 }; 11256 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11257 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 11258 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 11259 }; 11260 11261 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 11262 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 11263 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 11264 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 11265 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 11266 return Types[I]; 11267 11268 return QualType(); 11269} 11270 11271EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 11272 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 11273 SourceLocation IdLoc, 11274 IdentifierInfo *Id, 11275 Expr *Val) { 11276 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11277 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 11278 QualType EltTy; 11279 11280 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 11281 Val = 0; 11282 11283 if (Val) 11284 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 11285 11286 if (Val) { 11287 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 11288 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11289 else { 11290 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 11291 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 11292 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11293 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 11294 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 11295 // constant expression of the underlying type. 11296 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11297 ExprResult Converted = 11298 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 11299 CCEK_Enumerator); 11300 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 11301 Val = 0; 11302 else 11303 Val = Converted.take(); 11304 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 11305 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 11306 &EnumVal).take())) { 11307 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 11308 } else { 11309 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11310 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11311 11312 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 11313 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 11314 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 11315 // expression checking. 11316 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11317 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11318 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11319 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11320 } else 11321 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11322 } else 11323 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11324 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11325 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 11326 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11327 // is the type of its initializing value: 11328 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 11329 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 11330 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11331 } else { 11332 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 11333 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 11334 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 11335 // representable as an int. 11336 11337 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 11338 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 11339 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11340 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 11341 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 11342 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 11343 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 11344 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11345 } 11346 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11347 } 11348 } 11349 } 11350 } 11351 11352 if (!Val) { 11353 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 11354 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11355 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 11356 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11357 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11358 // is the type of its initializing value: 11359 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 11360 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 11361 // 11362 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 11363 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 11364 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11365 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11366 } 11367 else { 11368 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 11369 } 11370 } else { 11371 // Assign the last value + 1. 11372 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11373 ++EnumVal; 11374 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 11375 11376 // Check for overflow on increment. 11377 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 11378 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11379 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11380 // is the type of its initializing value: 11381 // 11382 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 11383 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 11384 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 11385 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 11386 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 11387 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 11388 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 11389 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 11390 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 11391 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 11392 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11393 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 11394 ++EnumVal; 11395 if (Enum->isFixed()) 11396 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 11397 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 11398 << EnumVal.toString(10) 11399 << EltTy; 11400 else 11401 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 11402 << EnumVal.toString(10); 11403 } else { 11404 EltTy = T; 11405 } 11406 11407 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 11408 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 11409 // value, then increment. 11410 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11411 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11412 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11413 ++EnumVal; 11414 11415 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 11416 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 11417 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 11418 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 11419 // integral type. 11420 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 11421 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 11422 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11423 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11424 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 11425 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11426 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 11427 } 11428 } 11429 } 11430 11431 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11432 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 11433 // enumerator's type. 11434 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11435 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11436 } 11437 11438 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 11439 Val, EnumVal); 11440} 11441 11442 11443Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 11444 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 11445 AttributeList *Attr, 11446 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 11447 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 11448 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 11449 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 11450 11451 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 11452 // we find one that is. 11453 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11454 11455 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 11456 // scope. 11457 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 11458 ForRedeclaration); 11459 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11460 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11461 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 11462 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11463 PrevDecl = 0; 11464 } 11465 11466 if (PrevDecl) { 11467 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 11468 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 11469 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 11470 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 11471 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 11472 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11473 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 11474 else 11475 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 11476 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11477 return 0; 11478 } 11479 } 11480 11481 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 11482 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 11483 // different from T: 11484 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 11485 // enumerated type 11486 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 11487 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 11488 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 11489 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 11490 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 11491 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 11492 11493 EnumConstantDecl *New = 11494 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 11495 11496 if (New) { 11497 // Process attributes. 11498 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11499 11500 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 11501 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 11502 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 11503 } 11504 11505 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 11506 11507 return New; 11508} 11509 11510// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 11511// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 11512// Element2 = Element1 11513// Element2 = Element1 + 1 11514// Element2 = Element1 - 1 11515// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 11516static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 11517 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 11518 if (!InitExpr) 11519 return true; 11520 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 11521 11522 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 11523 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 11524 return true; 11525 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 11526 if (!IL) 11527 return true; 11528 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 11529 return true; 11530 11531 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 11532 } 11533 11534 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 11535 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 11536 if (!DRE) 11537 return true; 11538 11539 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 11540 if (!EnumConstant) 11541 return true; 11542 11543 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 11544 Enum) 11545 return true; 11546 11547 return false; 11548} 11549 11550struct DupKey { 11551 int64_t val; 11552 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 11553 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 11554 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 11555}; 11556 11557static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 11558 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 11559 false); 11560} 11561 11562struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 11563 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 11564 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 11565 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 11566 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 11567 } 11568 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 11569 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 11570 LHS.val == RHS.val; 11571 } 11572}; 11573 11574// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 11575// a previous element has already been set to. 11576static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 11577 EnumDecl *Enum, 11578 QualType EnumType) { 11579 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 11580 Enum->getLocation()) == 11581 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 11582 return; 11583 // Avoid anonymous enums 11584 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 11585 return; 11586 11587 // Only check for small enums. 11588 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 11589 return; 11590 11591 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 11592 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 11593 11594 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 11595 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 11596 ValueToVectorMap; 11597 11598 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 11599 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 11600 11601 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 11602 // an initialier. 11603 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11604 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11605 11606 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 11607 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 11608 if (!ECD) { 11609 return; 11610 } 11611 11612 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 11613 continue; 11614 11615 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11616 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11617 11618 // First time encountering this value. 11619 if (Entry.isNull()) 11620 Entry = ECD; 11621 } 11622 11623 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 11624 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11625 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11626 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 11627 continue; 11628 11629 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11630 11631 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11632 if (Entry.isNull()) 11633 continue; 11634 11635 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 11636 // Ensure constants are different. 11637 if (D == ECD) 11638 continue; 11639 11640 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 11641 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 11642 Vec->push_back(D); 11643 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11644 11645 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 11646 Entry = Vec; 11647 11648 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 11649 // diagnostics. 11650 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 11651 continue; 11652 } 11653 11654 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 11655 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 11656 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 11657 continue; 11658 11659 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11660 } 11661 11662 // Emit diagnostics. 11663 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 11664 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 11665 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 11666 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 11667 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 11668 11669 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 11670 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 11671 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 11672 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11673 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11674 ++I; 11675 11676 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 11677 // the same value. 11678 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 11679 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 11680 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11681 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11682 delete Vec; 11683 } 11684} 11685 11686void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 11687 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 11688 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 11689 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 11690 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 11691 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 11692 11693 if (Attr) 11694 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 11695 11696 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 11697 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11698 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11699 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11700 if (!ECD) continue; 11701 11702 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11703 } 11704 11705 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 11706 return; 11707 } 11708 11709 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 11710 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 11711 // emit a warning. 11712 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11713 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 11714 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 11715 11716 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 11717 // reverse the list. 11718 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 11719 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 11720 11721 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 11722 bool AllElementsInt = true; 11723 11724 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11725 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11726 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11727 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11728 11729 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11730 11731 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 11732 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 11733 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 11734 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 11735 else 11736 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 11737 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 11738 11739 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 11740 if (AllElementsInt) 11741 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 11742 } 11743 11744 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 11745 QualType BestType; 11746 unsigned BestWidth; 11747 11748 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 11749 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 11750 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 11751 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 11752 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 11753 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 11754 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 11755 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 11756 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 11757 QualType BestPromotionType; 11758 11759 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 11760 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 11761 // enum definitions. 11762 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 11763 Packed = true; 11764 11765 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11766 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11767 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 11768 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 11769 else 11770 BestPromotionType = BestType; 11771 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 11772 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 11773 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 11774 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11775 } 11776 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 11777 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 11778 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 11779 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11780 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 11781 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 11782 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11783 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 11784 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 11785 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 11786 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11787 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 11788 BestType = Context.IntTy; 11789 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11790 } else { 11791 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 11792 11793 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 11794 BestType = Context.LongTy; 11795 } else { 11796 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11797 11798 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 11799 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 11800 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 11801 } 11802 } 11803 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 11804 } else { 11805 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 11806 // all of the enumerator values. 11807 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11808 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 11809 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 11810 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11811 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11812 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 11813 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 11814 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11815 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11816 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 11817 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 11818 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11819 BestPromotionType 11820 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11821 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 11822 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 11823 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 11824 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 11825 BestPromotionType 11826 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11827 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 11828 } else { 11829 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11830 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 11831 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 11832 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 11833 BestPromotionType 11834 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11835 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 11836 } 11837 } 11838 11839 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 11840 // the type of the enum if needed. 11841 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11842 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11843 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11844 11845 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 11846 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 11847 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 11848 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11849 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11850 11851 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11852 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11853 11854 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11855 // the enum decl type. 11856 QualType NewTy; 11857 unsigned NewWidth; 11858 bool NewSign; 11859 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11860 !Enum->isFixed() && 11861 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11862 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 11863 NewWidth = IntWidth; 11864 NewSign = true; 11865 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 11866 // Already the right type! 11867 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11868 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11869 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11870 // enumeration. 11871 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11872 continue; 11873 } else { 11874 NewTy = BestType; 11875 NewWidth = BestWidth; 11876 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 11877 } 11878 11879 // Adjust the APSInt value. 11880 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 11881 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 11882 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 11883 11884 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 11885 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 11886 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 11887 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 11888 CK_IntegralCast, 11889 ECD->getInitExpr(), 11890 /*base paths*/ 0, 11891 VK_RValue)); 11892 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11893 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11894 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11895 // enumeration. 11896 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11897 else 11898 ECD->setType(NewTy); 11899 } 11900 11901 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 11902 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 11903 11904 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11905 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11906 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11907 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11908 11909 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 11910 11911 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 11912 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 11913 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 11914} 11915 11916Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11917 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11918 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11919 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11920 11921 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11922 AsmString, StartLoc, 11923 EndLoc); 11924 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11925 return New; 11926} 11927 11928DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11929 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11930 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11931 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11932 Module::AllVisible, 11933 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11934 if (!Mod) 11935 return true; 11936 11937 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11938 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11939 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11940 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11941 // We need the length to be consistent. 11942 if (!ModCheck) 11943 break; 11944 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11945 11946 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11947 } 11948 11949 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11950 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11951 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11952 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11953 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11954 return Import; 11955} 11956 11957void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 11958 // Create the implicit import declaration. 11959 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11960 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 11961 Loc, Mod, Loc); 11962 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 11963 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 11964 11965 // Make the module visible. 11966 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 11967 /*Complain=*/false); 11968} 11969 11970void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11971 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11972 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11973 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11974 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11975 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 11976 LookupOrdinaryName); 11977 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 11978 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 11979 11980 if (PrevDecl) 11981 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11982 else 11983 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11984 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11985} 11986 11987void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11988 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11989 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11990 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11991 11992 if (PrevDecl) { 11993 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11994 } else { 11995 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11996 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11997 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11998 } 11999} 12000 12001void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12002 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12003 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12004 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12005 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12006 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 12007 LookupOrdinaryName); 12008 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 12009 12010 if (PrevDecl) { 12011 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 12012 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12013 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 12014 } else { 12015 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12016 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 12017 } 12018} 12019 12020Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 12021 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 12022} 12023 12024AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 12025 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 12026 return D->getAvailability(); 12027} 12028